WO2022121861A1 - 信道探测方法及相关装置 - Google Patents

信道探测方法及相关装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022121861A1
WO2022121861A1 PCT/CN2021/135839 CN2021135839W WO2022121861A1 WO 2022121861 A1 WO2022121861 A1 WO 2022121861A1 CN 2021135839 W CN2021135839 W CN 2021135839W WO 2022121861 A1 WO2022121861 A1 WO 2022121861A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
format
site
information field
indication information
site information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/135839
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
刘辰辰
于健
淦明
宫博
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202011447158.5A external-priority patent/CN114630357B/zh
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP21902566.5A priority Critical patent/EP4250805A4/en
Publication of WO2022121861A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022121861A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/08—Testing, supervising or monitoring using real traffic
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B17/00—Monitoring; Testing
    • H04B17/30—Monitoring; Testing of propagation channels
    • H04B17/309—Measuring or estimating channel quality parameters
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/0413—MIMO systems
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0617—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal for beam forming
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0619—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal using feedback from receiving side
    • H04B7/0621—Feedback content
    • H04B7/0626—Channel coefficients, e.g. channel state information [CSI]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10—Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W84/00—Network topologies
    • H04W84/02—Hierarchically pre-organised networks, e.g. paging networks, cellular networks, WLAN [Wireless Local Area Network] or WLL [Wireless Local Loop]
    • H04W84/10—Small scale networks; Flat hierarchical networks
    • H04W84/12—WLAN [Wireless Local Area Networks]

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a channel detection method and related apparatus.
  • the access point (AP) and the station (station, STA) need to obtain channel state information in advance for beamforming (BF), rate control, resource distribution, etc.
  • the process of acquiring channel state information in WLAN is called a channel sounding process.
  • 802.11ax also known as the extremely high throughput (EHT) standard or Wi-Fi7 standard
  • EHT extremely high throughput
  • a site that supports the 802.11ax standard but does not support the 802.11be standard is referred to as an HE site
  • a site that supports the 802.11be standard is referred to as an EHT site.
  • NDPA null data packet announcement
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a channel detection method and related apparatus, which can notify an HE site and an EHT site to perform channel detection at the same time, so as to support beamforming during aggregation packet transmission.
  • the present application provides a channel detection method, the method comprising: an access point generating and sending a null data packet announcement (null data packet announcement, NDPA) frame.
  • the NDPA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains two types of station information fields, wherein the format of the first type of station information field is high efficiency (HE) format, and the format of the second type of station information field is high efficiency (HE) format.
  • HE high efficiency
  • HE high efficiency
  • HE high efficiency
  • Each second site information field in the site information fields contains second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first format or the second format.
  • the above-mentioned first format is an HE format
  • the above-mentioned second format is an extremely high throughput (extremely high throughput, EHT) format.
  • EHT extremely high throughput
  • the above-mentioned first format is the HE format
  • the above-mentioned second format is the EHT next-generation protocol format.
  • the above-mentioned first format is an EHT format
  • the above-mentioned second format is an EHT next-generation protocol format.
  • the indication information is carried in some site information fields of the NDPA frame to indicate the format of the site information field, and another indication information is carried in the NDPA frame to indicate that the NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields, thereby The HE site and the EHT site can be notified to perform channel sounding at the same time to support beamforming during aggregated packet transmission.
  • the method further includes: the access point sends a null data packet (NDP), and sends a trigger frame, the trigger frame uses Used to trigger the station to feed back beamforming reports.
  • NDP null data packet
  • the bandwidth of the above NDP is 320MHz.
  • the access point sends the NDP, including: the access point sends the HE NDP with the 160MHz bandwidth on the main 160MHz channel, and simultaneously/parallelly sends the NDP obtained by the phase rotation of the HE NDP with the 160MHz bandwidth on the 160MHz channel.
  • the 320MHz NDP includes two parts, wherein the first part is the HE NDP with the 160MHz bandwidth, and the second part is the NDP obtained by the phase rotation of the 160MHz bandwidth HE NDP.
  • This solution can solve the problem that different types of NDPs cannot be aligned in time (that is, the situation where HE NDP and EHT NDP cannot be aligned in time) by uniformly sending NDPs in HE format, thereby avoiding interference during channel measurement.
  • the present application provides a channel detection method, the method comprising: a second site (EHT site) receiving a null data packet announcement (null data packet announcement, NDPA) frame, and according to the first indication information in the NDPA frame , determine that the NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields; if it is determined that the association identifier in a certain second station information field in the NDPA frame is the same as the association identifier of the second station, the second station will be based on the certain first station information field.
  • the second indication information in the second site information field determines the format of the certain second site information field, and parses the certain second site information field according to the determined format.
  • the NDPA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields.
  • the format of the site information field is HE format, and each second site information field in the second type site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the second site information field where the second indication information is located.
  • the format is the first format or the second format.
  • the second site is the EHT site.
  • the method further includes: the second station receives the NDP, and obtains channel state information according to the NDP; the second station receives a trigger frame, the trigger The frame is used to trigger the station to feed back a beamforming report; the second station sends a beamforming report, the beamforming report is generated based on the indication of the certain second station information field in the NDPA frame, and the beamforming report carries the channel state information.
  • the bandwidth of the above NDP is 320MHz.
  • the second station receives the NDP, it receives the HE NDP with a bandwidth of 160MHz on the main 160MHz channel, and simultaneously/parallelly receives the NDP obtained from the phase rotation of the HE NDP with the 160MHz bandwidth on the 160MHz channel.
  • the 320MHz NDP includes two parts, wherein the first part is the HE NDP with the 160MHz bandwidth, and the second part is the NDP obtained by the phase rotation of the 160MHz bandwidth HE NDP.
  • the present application provides a channel detection method, which includes: a first site (HE site) receives an NDPA frame; and the first site determines that the NDPA frame is an HE NDPA frame according to first indication information in the NDPA frame ;
  • the first station determines that the association identifier of a certain first station information field in the NDPA frame is the same as that of the first station, and parses the certain first station information field according to the HE format.
  • the NDPA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields.
  • the format of the site information field is HE format, and each second site information field in the second type site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the second site information field where the second indication information is located.
  • the format is the first format or the second format.
  • the first site is the HE site.
  • the method further includes: the first station receives the NDP, and obtains channel state information according to the NDP; the first station receives a trigger frame, the trigger The frame is used to trigger the station to feed back a beamforming report; the first station sends a beamforming report, the beamforming report is generated based on the indication of the certain first station information field in the NDPA frame, and the beamforming report carries the channel state information.
  • the bandwidth of the above NDP is 320MHz.
  • the first station receives NDP, it only receives HE NDP with 160MHz bandwidth on the main 160MHz channel.
  • the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device is an access point or a chip in the access point, such as a Wi-Fi chip.
  • the communication device includes: a processing unit and a transceiver unit.
  • the processing unit is configured to generate an NDPA frame, where the NDPA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields, wherein the format of the first type of site information fields is HE format , each second site information field in the second type site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first format or the first format Two formats; the transceiver unit, used to send the NDPA frame.
  • the above-mentioned first format is HE format
  • the above-mentioned second format is EHT format
  • the above-mentioned first format is the HE format
  • the above-mentioned second format is the EHT next-generation protocol format
  • the above-mentioned first format is an EHT format
  • the above-mentioned second format is an EHT next-generation protocol format.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit is further configured to send an NDP and send a trigger frame, where the trigger frame is used to trigger a station to feed back a beamforming report.
  • the bandwidth of the above NDP is 320MHz.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit is specifically used to transmit the HE NDP with a bandwidth of 160MHz on the main 160MHz channel, and simultaneously/parallelly transmit the NDP obtained by phase rotation from the HE NDP of the 160MHz bandwidth on the 160MHz channel.
  • the 320MHz NDP includes two parts, wherein the first part is the HE NDP with the 160MHz bandwidth, and the second part is the NDP obtained by the phase rotation of the 160MHz bandwidth HE NDP.
  • the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device is a second site or a chip in the second site, such as a Wi-Fi chip.
  • the communication device includes: a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to receive an NDPA frame, where the NDPA frame includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields, wherein the format of the first type of site information fields is HE format , each second site information field in the second type site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first format or the first format Two formats; the processing unit is used to determine, according to the first indication information, that the NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields; the processing unit is also used to determine when a certain second site information field in the NDPA frame is When the associated identifier is the same as the associated identifier of the second site, determine the
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit is also used to receive NDP; the above-mentioned processing unit is also used to obtain channel state information according to the NDP; the above-mentioned transceiver unit is also used to receive a trigger frame, the The trigger frame is used to trigger the station to feed back a beamforming report; the above-mentioned transceiver unit is also used to send a beamforming report, the beamforming report is generated based on the indication of the certain second station information field in the NDPA frame, and the beamforming report carries the channel state information.
  • the bandwidth of the above NDP is 320MHz.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit is specifically used to receive the HE NDP with a bandwidth of 160MHz on the main 160MHz channel, and simultaneously/parallelly receive the NDP obtained from the phase rotation of the HE NDP of the 160MHz bandwidth from the 160MHz channel.
  • the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device is a first site or a chip in the first site, such as a Wi-Fi chip.
  • the communication device includes: a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to receive an NDPA frame, where the NDPA frame includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields, the format of the first type of site information field is HE format, and the first type of site information field is in HE format.
  • Each second site information field in the second type of site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first format or the second format ;
  • This processing unit is used to determine that this NDPA frame is a HE NDPA frame according to the first indication information in this NDPA frame;
  • This processing unit is also used to determine that the associated identifier of a certain first site information field in this NDPA frame and The associated identifiers of the first sites are the same, and the certain first site information field is parsed according to the HE format.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit is also used to receive NDP; the above-mentioned processing unit is also used to obtain channel state information according to the NDP; the above-mentioned transceiver unit is also used to receive a trigger frame, the The trigger frame is used to trigger the station to feed back a beamforming report; the above-mentioned transceiver unit is also used to send a beamforming report, the beamforming report is generated based on the indication of the certain first station information field in the NDPA frame, and the beamforming report carries the channel state information.
  • the bandwidth of the above NDP is 320MHz.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit is specifically used to receive the HE NDP with a bandwidth of 160MHz only on the main 160MHz channel.
  • the NDP is an HE NDP.
  • the first indication information is B0 with a value of 0 and B1 with a value of 1 in the probe session token field.
  • the Ranging bit of the probe session token field in the NDPA frame (that is, the first bit of the probe session token field, B0) is set to 0, and the HE bit (that is, the second bit of the probe session token field, B1) is set to 0. ) is set to 1, so that the HE station regards the NDPA frame as an HE NDPA frame, thereby supporting the HE station to parse the NDPA frame.
  • the second indication information is 2 bits, which are located in B23 and B24 of the second site information field where the second indication information is located, respectively.
  • the values of B23 and B24 of the second site information field where the second indication information is located are both 1, it indicates that the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the second format; when the second indication information is located in the second format
  • the values of B23 and B24 of the second site information field where the information is located are not all 1, it indicates that the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first format.
  • the second site information field where the second indication information is located further includes at least one of the following: a resource unit (resource unit, RU) allocation subfield, a codebook size subfield, a reserved field, and a number of columns subfield.
  • the RU allocation subfield is 7 bits, or 8 bits, or 9 bits
  • the start bit of the RU allocation subfield is B11 of the second site information field where the second indication information is located
  • the RU allocation subfield is used to indicate RU that feeds back channel measurement results.
  • the codebook size subfield is 1 bit, located in B22 of the second site information field where the second indication information is located, and the codebook size subfield is used to indicate the accuracy of quantization.
  • the column number subfield is 4 bits and is located in B28 to B31 of the second site information field where the second indication information is located, and the column number subfield is used to indicate the column number of the feedback beamforming matrix.
  • the second indication information is 2 bits, which are located in B17 and B24 of the second site information field where the second indication information is located.
  • the value of B17 of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is 1, and the value of B24 is 0, it indicates that the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the second format;
  • the value of B17 of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is not 1, or the value of B24 is not 0, it indicates that the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first Format.
  • the second site information field where the second indication information is located further includes at least one of the following: a first RU allocation subfield, a second RU allocation subfield, a reserved field, a codebook size subfield, and a column number subfield.
  • the first RU allocation subfield is 6 bits, located in B11 to B16 of the second site information field where the second indication information is located, and the second RU allocation subfield is 1 bit, or 2 bits, or 3 bits.
  • the start bit of the two-RU allocation subfield is B18 of the second site information field where the second indication information is located, and the first RU allocation subfield and the second RU allocation subfield jointly indicate the RU that feeds back the channel sounding result.
  • the present application provides a channel detection method, the method includes: an access point generates and sends an NDPA frame.
  • the NDPA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of site information fields, wherein the format of the first type of site information field is HE format, and the format of the second type of site information field is in HE format.
  • Each second site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first format or the second format, and the third type of site information field
  • Each third site information field in contains third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is the third format.
  • the above-mentioned first format is an HE format
  • the above-mentioned second format is an EHT format
  • the above-mentioned third format is an EHT next-generation protocol format.
  • indication information is carried in the second type of site information field to indicate whether the site information field is in HE format or EHT format, and another indication information is carried in the third type of site information field to indicate whether this site information field is under EHT format.
  • the first generation protocol format; and another indication information in the NDPA frame is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of site information fields, so that the simultaneous channel detection of the HE site, the EHT site and the EHT+ site can be realized to support the aggregation packet transmission. Beamforming. It should be understood that the EHT+ site here refers to a site that supports the EHT next-generation protocol format.
  • the method further includes: the access point sends an NDP and sends a trigger frame, where the trigger frame is used to trigger the station to feed back a beamforming report.
  • the bandwidth of the above NDP is 320MHz.
  • the access point sends the NDP, including: the access point sends the HE NDP with the 160MHz bandwidth on the main 160MHz channel, and simultaneously/parallelly sends the NDP obtained by the phase rotation of the HE NDP with the 160MHz bandwidth on the 160MHz channel.
  • the 320MHz NDP includes two parts, wherein the first part is the HE NDP with the 160MHz bandwidth, and the second part is the NDP obtained by the phase rotation of the 160MHz bandwidth HE NDP.
  • This solution can solve the problem that different types of NDPs cannot be aligned in time by uniformly sending NDPs in HE format, thereby avoiding interference during channel measurement.
  • the present application provides a channel detection method, the method comprising: a second station (EHT station) receiving an NDPA frame, and determining, according to first indication information in the NDPA frame, that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of station information field; if it is determined that the associated identifier in a certain second site information field in the NDPA frame is the same as the associated identifier of the second site, the second site will be based on the second indication information in the certain second site information field. , determine the format of the certain second site information field, and parse the certain second site information field according to the determined format.
  • EHT station second station
  • the NDPA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of site information fields, wherein the format of the first type of site information field is HE format, and the format of the second type of site information field is in HE format.
  • Each second site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first format or the second format, and the third type of site information field
  • Each third site information field in contains third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is the third format.
  • the above-mentioned first format is an HE format
  • the above-mentioned second format is an EHT format
  • the above-mentioned third format is an EHT next-generation protocol format.
  • the method further includes: the second station receives the NDP, and obtains channel state information according to the NDP; the second station receives a trigger frame, the trigger The frame is used to trigger the station to feed back a beamforming report; the second station sends a beamforming report, the beamforming report is generated based on the indication of the certain second station information field in the NDPA frame, and the beamforming report carries the channel state information.
  • the bandwidth of the above NDP is 320MHz.
  • the second station receives the NDP, it receives the HE NDP with a bandwidth of 160MHz on the main 160MHz channel, and simultaneously/parallelly receives the NDP obtained from the phase rotation of the HE NDP with the 160MHz bandwidth on the 160MHz channel.
  • the 320MHz NDP includes two parts, wherein the first part is the HE NDP with the 160MHz bandwidth, and the second part is the NDP obtained by the phase rotation of the 160MHz bandwidth HE NDP.
  • the present application provides a channel detection method, the method comprising: a third station (EHT+ station) receiving an NDPA frame, and determining, according to first indication information in the NDPA frame, that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of station information field; if it is determined that a certain third site information field in the NDPA frame is the same as the associated identifier of the third site, the third site determines the certain third site information field according to the third indication information in the certain third site information field. Whether the format of the third site information field is the third format; if it is determined that the format of the third site information field is the third format, the third site parses the third site information field according to the third format .
  • a third station EHT+ station
  • the NDPA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of site information fields, wherein the format of the first type of site information field is HE format, and the format of the second type of site information field is in HE format.
  • Each second site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first format or the second format, and the third type of site information field
  • Each third site information field in contains third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is the third format.
  • the above-mentioned first format is an HE format
  • the above-mentioned second format is an EHT format
  • the above-mentioned third format is an EHT next-generation protocol format.
  • the method further includes: the third station receives the NDP, and obtains channel state information according to the NDP; the third station receives the trigger frame, the trigger The frame is used to trigger the station to feed back a beamforming report; the third station sends a beamforming report, the beamforming report is generated based on the indication of the certain third station information field in the NDPA frame, and the beamforming report carries the channel state information.
  • the bandwidth of the above NDP is 320MHz.
  • the third station receives the NDP, it receives the HE NDP with a bandwidth of 160MHz on the main 160MHz channel, and simultaneously/parallelly receives the NDP obtained by phase rotation from the HE NDP with the 160MHz bandwidth on the 160MHz channel.
  • the 320MHz NDP includes two parts, wherein the first part is the HE NDP with the 160MHz bandwidth, and the second part is the NDP obtained by the phase rotation of the 160MHz bandwidth HE NDP.
  • the present application provides a channel detection method, the method comprising: a first site (HE site) receiving an NDPA frame; and the first site determining that the NDPA frame is an HE NDPA frame according to first indication information in the NDPA frame ;
  • the first station determines that the association identifier of a certain first station information field in the NDPA frame is the same as that of the first station, and parses the certain first station information field according to the HE format.
  • the NDPA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of site information fields, wherein the format of the first type of site information field is HE format, and the format of the second type of site information field is in HE format.
  • Each second site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first format or the second format, and the third type of site information field
  • Each third site information field in contains third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is the third format.
  • the above-mentioned first format is an HE format
  • the above-mentioned second format is an EHT format
  • the above-mentioned third format is an EHT next-generation protocol format.
  • the method further includes: the first station receives an NDP, and acquires channel state information according to the NDP; the first station receives a trigger frame, the trigger The frame is used to trigger the station to feed back a beamforming report; the first station sends a beamforming report, the beamforming report is generated based on the indication of the certain first station information field in the NDPA frame, and the beamforming report carries the channel state information.
  • the bandwidth of the above NDP is 320MHz.
  • the first station receives NDP, it only receives HE NDP with 160MHz bandwidth on the main 160MHz channel.
  • the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device is an access point or a chip in the access point, such as a Wi-Fi chip.
  • the communication device includes: a processing unit and a transceiver unit.
  • the processing unit is configured to generate an NDPA frame, where the NDPA frame includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of site information fields, wherein the format of the first type of site information fields is HE Format, each second site information field in the second type of site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first format or the In the second format, each third site information field in the third type of site information field contains third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is the first Three formats; the transceiver unit, used to send the NDPA frame.
  • the above-mentioned first format is an HE format
  • the above-mentioned second format is an EHT format
  • the above-mentioned third format is an EHT next-generation protocol format.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit is further configured to send an NDP and send a trigger frame, where the trigger frame is used to trigger a station to feed back a beamforming report.
  • the bandwidth of the above NDP is 320MHz.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit is also used to send the HE NDP with a bandwidth of 160MHz on the main 160MHz channel, and simultaneously/parallelly send the NDP obtained by phase rotation from the HE NDP with the 160MHz bandwidth on the 160MHz channel.
  • the 320MHz NDP includes two parts, wherein the first part is the HE NDP with the 160MHz bandwidth, and the second part is the NDP obtained by the phase rotation of the 160MHz bandwidth HE NDP.
  • the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device is a second site or a chip in the second site, such as a Wi-Fi chip.
  • the communication device includes: a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to receive an NDPA frame, where the NDPA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of site information fields, wherein the format of the first type of site information fields is HE Format, each second site information field in the second type of site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first format or the In the second format, each third site information field in the third type of site information field contains third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is the first Three formats; the processing unit is configured to determine, according to the first indication information, that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of site information fields; the processing unit is also configured to determine that a certain second site information field in the NDPA frame is included in the NDPA frame When the associated identifier of the second site is the same as the associated identifier of the
  • the above-mentioned first format is an HE format
  • the above-mentioned second format is an EHT format
  • the above-mentioned third format is an EHT next-generation protocol format.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit is also used to receive NDP; the above-mentioned processing unit is also used to obtain channel state information according to the NDP; the above-mentioned transceiver unit is also used to receive a trigger frame, The trigger frame is used to trigger the station to feed back a beamforming report; the above-mentioned transceiver unit is also used to send a beamforming report, and the beamforming report is generated based on the indication of the information field of the certain second station in the NDPA frame. In the beamforming report Carry the channel state information.
  • the bandwidth of the above NDP is 320MHz.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit is specifically used to receive the HE NDP with a bandwidth of 160MHz on the main 160MHz channel, and simultaneously/parallelly receive the NDP obtained from the phase rotation of the HE NDP of the 160MHz bandwidth from the 160MHz channel.
  • the 320MHz NDP includes two parts, wherein the first part is the HE NDP with the 160MHz bandwidth, and the second part is the NDP obtained by the phase rotation of the 160MHz bandwidth HE NDP.
  • the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device is a third site or a chip in the third site, such as a Wi-Fi chip.
  • the communication device includes: a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to receive an NDPA frame, where the NDPA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of site information fields, wherein the format of the first type of site information fields is HE Format, each second site information field in the second type of site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first format or the In the second format, each third site information field in the third type of site information field contains third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is the first three formats; the processing unit is configured to determine, according to the first indication information, that the NDPA frame contains
  • the processing unit is further configured to If it is determined that the format of the certain third site information field is the third format, the certain third site information field is parsed according to the third format.
  • the above-mentioned first format is an HE format
  • the above-mentioned second format is an EHT format
  • the above-mentioned third format is an EHT next-generation protocol format.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit is also used to receive NDP; the above-mentioned processing unit is also used to obtain channel state information according to the NDP; the above-mentioned transceiver unit is also used to receive a trigger frame, The trigger frame is used to trigger the station to feed back a beamforming report; the above-mentioned transceiver unit is also used to send a beamforming report, and the beamforming report is generated based on the indication of the certain third station information field in the NDPA frame. In the beamforming report Carry the channel state information.
  • the bandwidth of the above NDP is 320MHz.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit is specifically used to receive the HE NDP with a bandwidth of 160MHz on the main 160MHz channel, and simultaneously/parallelly receive the NDP obtained from the phase rotation of the HE NDP of the 160MHz bandwidth from the 160MHz channel.
  • the 320MHz NDP includes two parts, wherein the first part is the HE NDP with the 160MHz bandwidth, and the second part is the NDP obtained by the phase rotation of the 160MHz bandwidth HE NDP.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit is also used to receive NDP; the above-mentioned processing unit is also used to obtain channel state information according to the NDP; the above-mentioned transceiver unit is also used to receive a trigger frame, The trigger frame is used to trigger the station to feed back a beamforming report; the above-mentioned transceiver unit is also used to send a beamforming report, the beamforming report is generated based on the indication of the certain first station information field in the NDPA frame, and the beamforming report is Carry the channel state information.
  • the bandwidth of the above NDP is 320MHz.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit is specifically used to receive the HE NDP with a bandwidth of 160MHz only on the main 160MHz channel.
  • the NDP is an HE NDP.
  • the first indication information is B0 with a value of 0 and B1 with a value of 1 in the probe session token field.
  • the second indication information is 2 bits, which are located in B23 and B24 of the second site information field where the second indication information is located, respectively.
  • the values of B23 and B24 of the second site information field where the second indication information is located are both 1, it indicates that the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the second format; when the second indication information is located in the second format
  • the values of B23 and B24 of the second site information field where the information is located are not all 1, it indicates that the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first format.
  • the above-mentioned third indication information is 2 bits, which are respectively located in B23 and B24 of the third site information field where the third indication information is located.
  • the values of B23 and B24 of the third site information field where the third indication information is located are both 1, it indicates that the format of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is the third format; when the third indication information is located in the third format
  • the values of B23 and B24 of the third site information field where the information is located are not all 1, it indicates that the format of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is not the third format.
  • the second site information field where the second indication information is located, or the third site information field where the third indication information is located further includes at least one of the following: RU allocation subfield, codebook size subfield, reserved field , the number of columns subfield.
  • the RU allocation subfield is 7 bits, or 8 bits, or 9 bits, and the start bit of the RU allocation subfield is the second site information field where the second indication information is located or the third site where the third indication information is located.
  • B11 of the information field the RU allocation subfield is used to indicate the RU that feeds back the channel measurement result.
  • the codebook size subfield is 1 bit and is located in the second site information field where the second indication information is located or in B22 of the third site information field where the third indication information is located.
  • the codebook size subfield is used to indicate the quantized precision.
  • the column number subfield is 4 bits and is located in the second site information field where the second indication information is located or B28 to B31 in the third site information field where the third indication information is located, and the column number subfield is used to indicate the feedback beamforming matrix the number of columns.
  • This solution distinguishes the format of the site information field by designing B23 and B24 in the site information field, so as to distinguish the site information fields of different formats, so that various types of sites can correctly interpret their respective formats. to obtain the respective channel sounding parameters.
  • the second indication information is 2 bits, which are located in B17 and B24 of the second site information field where the second indication information is located.
  • the value of B17 of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is 1, and the value of B24 is 0, it indicates that the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the second format;
  • the value of B17 of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is not 1, or the value of B24 is not 0, it indicates that the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first Format.
  • the third indication information is 2 bits, and is located in B17 and B24 of the third site information field where the third indication information is located.
  • the format of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is the third format;
  • the value of B17 of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is not 1, or the value of B24 is not 0, it indicates that the format of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is not the Three formats.
  • the second site information field where the second indication information is located, or the third site information field where the third indication information is located further includes at least one of the following: a first RU allocation subfield, a second RU allocation subfield, Reserved field, codebook size subfield, column number subfield.
  • the first RU allocation subfield is 6 bits, and is located in the second site information field where the second indication information is located or B11 to B16 in the third site information field where the third indication information is located, and the second RU allocation subfield is 1 bit, or 2 bits, or 3 bits, the start bit of the second RU allocation subfield is B18 of the second site information field where the second indication information is located or the third site information field where the third indication information is located , the first RU allocation subfield and the second RU allocation subfield jointly indicate the RU that feeds back the channel sounding result.
  • the codebook size subfield is 1 bit, located in the second site information field where the second indication information is located or B23 of the third site information field where the third indication information is located, and is used to indicate the quantization accuracy.
  • the column number subfield is 4 bits, located in the second site information field where the second indication information is located or B28 to B31 of the third site information field where the third indication information is located, and is used to indicate the column number of the feedback beamforming matrix.
  • This solution distinguishes the format of the site information field by designing B17 and B24 in the site information field, thereby distinguishing the site information fields of different formats, so that various types of sites can correctly interpret their respective to obtain the respective channel sounding parameters.
  • the third indication information is B17 and B24 in the site information field; when the second indication information is B17 and B24 in the site information field, the third indication information is B17 and B24 in the site information field; The third indication information is B23 and B24 in the site information field.
  • the site information field where the third indication information is located is also in the format. It includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the site information field where the third indication information is located is the first format or the second format.
  • the third indication information indicates that it is not in EHT+ format
  • another indication information is carried, indicating whether it is in HE format or EHT format, so that EHT+ sites can choose the correct format to interpret their own site information fields.
  • the above-mentioned channel detection method further includes: if it is determined that the format of the certain third site information field is not the third format, then the third site according to the certain third site information field.
  • the fourth indication information included in the determines the format of the certain third site information field, and parses the certain third site information field according to the determined format, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate where the third indication information is located.
  • the format of the third site information field is the first format or the second format.
  • the fourth indication information is B17 and B24 of the third site information field where the third indication information is located.
  • the value of B17 of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is 1 and the value of B24 is 0, it indicates that the format of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is the second format; when The value of B17 of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is not 1 or the value of B24 is not 0, indicating that the format of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is the first format.
  • the fourth indication information is B23 and B24 of the third site information field where the third indication information is located.
  • the value of B23 of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is 1 and the value of B24 is 1, it indicates that the format of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is the second format; when When the value of B23 of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is not 1 or the value of B24 is not 1, it indicates that the format of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is the first format.
  • the fourth indication information is B17 and B24 in the site information field; when the third indication information is B17 and B24 in the site information field, the third indication information is B17 and B24 in the site information field.
  • the four indication information is B23 and B24 in the site information field.
  • This solution distinguishes which format the site information field is by designing B17, B23, and B24 in the site information field, so that the format of the site information field (HE format, EHT format, and EHT next-generation protocol format) is different.
  • the station information fields are distinguished, so that various types of stations can correctly interpret their respective station information fields and obtain their respective channel sounding parameters.
  • the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device is specifically an access point, and includes a processor and a transceiver.
  • the processor and the transceiver are used to perform the method described in the above first aspect or the above seventh aspect.
  • the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device is specifically a second station, and includes a processor and a transceiver.
  • the processor and the transceiver are used to perform the method described in the above second aspect or the above eighth aspect.
  • the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device is specifically a third station, and includes a processor and a transceiver.
  • the processor and the transceiver are used to perform the method described in the ninth aspect.
  • the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device is specifically a first station, and includes a processor and a transceiver.
  • the processor and the transceiver are used to perform the method described in the above third aspect or the above tenth aspect.
  • the present application provides a communication device, the communication device can exist in the form of a chip product, and the structure of the communication device includes an input and output interface and a processing circuit.
  • the input-output interface and the processing circuit are used to execute the method described in any one of the above-mentioned first aspect to the above-mentioned third aspect, or any one of the above-mentioned seventh aspect to the above-mentioned tenth aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where program instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the program instructions are executed on a computer, the computer is made to execute the above-mentioned first aspect to the above-mentioned third aspect Any one of the aspects, or the method according to any one of the above seventh aspect to the above tenth aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product comprising program instructions, which, when run on a computer, enables the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first aspect to the above-mentioned third aspect, or the above-mentioned seventh aspect to The method of any one of the tenth aspect above.
  • the HE station and the EHT station can be notified to perform channel sounding at the same time, so as to support beamforming during transmission of aggregated packets.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2a is a schematic structural diagram of an access point provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 2b is a schematic structural diagram of a site provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a channel detection process in 802.11ac
  • Fig. 4 is the frame structure schematic diagram of VHT NDPA frame
  • Fig. 5 is the frame structure schematic diagram of VHT MIMO control field
  • Figure 6a is a schematic diagram of a channel sounding process flow for a single user/STA in 802.11ax;
  • Figure 6b is a schematic diagram of the channel sounding process flow of multi-user/STA in 802.11ax;
  • Fig. 7 is the frame structure schematic diagram of HE NDPA frame
  • Fig. 8 is the frame structure schematic diagram of HE NDP
  • Fig. 9 is the frame structure schematic diagram of HE MIMO field
  • Fig. 10 is the frame structure schematic diagram of the detection dialog token field in the NDPA frame
  • Fig. 11 is the schematic diagram that VHT site reads HE NDPA frame
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an aggregated PPDU
  • Fig. 13 is the frame structure schematic diagram of EHT NDP
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of a channel sounding method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of a tone plan under the 80MHz bandwidth in the 802.11be standard
  • 16a is a schematic diagram of an EHT site information field provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 16b is another schematic diagram of the EHT site information field provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic time sequence diagram of a channel sounding method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is another schematic flowchart of a channel sounding method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is another schematic timing diagram of the channel sounding method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus 2 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • system architecture and/or application scenarios of the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described below. It is understandable that the system architecture and/or application scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are for the purpose of illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a channel detection method.
  • the format of the site information field is indicated, and the ranging of the detection dialog token field in the NDPA frame is measured.
  • the (Ranging) bit is set to 0, and the HE bit is set to 1 to deceive the traditional HE site to regard the NDPA frame as an HE format, so that the HE site and the EHT site can be notified to perform channel detection at the same time to support the beam when the aggregation packet is transmitted.
  • the channel detection method can be applied to a wireless communication system, such as a wireless local area network system.
  • the channel detection method can be implemented by a communication device in a wireless communication system or a chip or processor in the communication device.
  • the communication device may be an access point device or a station device; the communication device may also be a wireless communication device that supports parallel transmission of multiple links, for example, the communication device may be referred to as a multi-link device , MLD) or multi-band devices.
  • MLD multi-link device
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system may include one or more APs (such as AP1 and AP2 in FIG. 1 ) and one or more STAs (such as STA1 and STA2 in FIG. 1 ).
  • the communication protocol may include 802.11be (or Wi-Fi 7, EHT protocol), and may also include 802.11ax, 802.11ac and other protocols.
  • the communication protocol may also include a next-generation protocol of 802.11be, and the like.
  • the device implementing the method of the present application may be an AP or STA in the WLAN, or a chip or a processing system installed in the AP or STA.
  • An access point (such as AP1 or AP2 in FIG. 1 ) is a device with wireless communication function, supports communication using the WLAN protocol, and has the function of communicating with other devices (such as stations or other access points) in the WLAN network, Of course, it can also have the function of communicating with other devices.
  • an access point may be referred to as an access point station (AP STA).
  • the device with wireless communication function can be a complete device, or a chip or a processing system installed in the complete device. The device with these chips or processing system installed can be controlled by the chip or the processing system.
  • the AP in this embodiment of the present application is a device that provides services for the STA, and can support the 802.11 series of protocols.
  • the AP can be a communication entity such as a communication server, router, switch, and bridge; the AP can include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, etc.
  • the AP can also be the chips and processing devices in these various forms of equipment. system, so as to implement the methods and functions of the embodiments of the present application.
  • Stations are devices with wireless communication functions, support communication using WLAN protocol, and have the ability to communicate with other stations or access points in the WLAN network.
  • a station can be referred to as a non-access point station (non-access point station, non-AP STA).
  • STA is any user communication device that allows the user to communicate with the AP and then communicate with the WLAN.
  • the device with wireless communication function can be a complete device, or a chip or a processing system installed in the complete device. The devices on which these chips or processing systems are installed may implement the methods and functions of the embodiments of the present application under the control of the chips or processing systems.
  • the STA may be a tablet computer, a desktop computer, a laptop computer, a notebook computer, an Ultra-mobile Personal Computer (UMPC), a handheld computer, a netbook, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), a mobile phone, etc.
  • UMPC Ultra-mobile Personal Computer
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • the WLAN system can provide high-speed and low-latency transmission.
  • the WLAN system will be applied in more scenarios or industries, such as the Internet of Things industry, the Internet of Vehicles industry, or the Banking industry, used in corporate offices, stadiums and exhibition halls, concert halls, hotel rooms, dormitories, wards, classrooms, supermarkets, squares, streets, production workshops and warehousing, etc.
  • devices that support WLAN communication can be sensor nodes in smart cities (such as smart water meters, smart electricity meters, and smart air detection nodes), smart devices in smart homes (such as smart cameras, projectors, etc.) devices, display screens, TV sets, stereos, refrigerators, washing machines, etc.), nodes in the Internet of Things, entertainment terminals (such as AR, VR and other wearable devices), smart devices in smart office (such as printers, projectors, Amplifiers, stereos, etc.), IoV devices in the Internet of Vehicles, infrastructure in daily life scenarios (such as vending machines, self-service navigation desks in supermarkets, self-service cash registers, self-service ordering machines, etc.), and large-scale sports And equipment for music venues, etc.
  • the specific forms of the STA and the AP are not limited in the embodiments of the present application, which are only exemplary descriptions herein.
  • FIG. 2a is a schematic structural diagram of an access point provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the AP may be multi-antenna/multi-radio, or may be single-antenna/single-radio, and the antenna/radio is used to send/receive data packets.
  • the antenna or radio frequency part of the AP can be separated from the main body part of the AP in a structure of a remote layout.
  • the AP may include a physical layer processing circuit and a medium access control processing circuit, the physical layer processing circuit may be used for processing physical layer signals, and the MAC layer processing circuit may be used for processing MAC layer signals.
  • FIG. 2b is a schematic structural diagram of a site provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2b shows a schematic diagram of the STA structure with a single antenna/radio.
  • a STA may also be multi-antenna/multi-radio, and may be a device with more than two antennas, and the antenna/radio is used to send/receive data packets .
  • the antenna or radio frequency part of the STA may be separated from the main part of the STA, in a structure of a remote layout.
  • the STA may include a PHY processing circuit and a MAC processing circuit
  • the physical layer processing circuit may be used for processing physical layer signals
  • the MAC layer processing circuit may be used for processing MAC layer signals.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a channel sounding process in 802.11ac.
  • the AP (as the initiator of channel detection, which can be called Beamformer, or BFer for short) sends a null data packet announcement (NDPA) frame to notify the STA that needs to perform channel detection (as the channel detection device).
  • NDPA null data packet announcement
  • the responder which may be referred to as Beamformee, BFee), and related channel sounding parameters.
  • NDP null data packet
  • SIFS short inter-frame space
  • CSI Channel State Information
  • Beamforming Report Beamforming Report
  • BF Report Poll beamforming report poll
  • NDPA frames have different variants (Variants) in different standards.
  • NDPA frames in 802.11ac are usually called VHT NDPA frames.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a VHT NDPA frame.
  • the Sounding Dialog Token field in the VHT NDPA frame is used to index the sequence number of the channel sounding.
  • the VHT NDPA frame also includes one or more STA information (STA information) fields, and the length of each station information field is 2 bytes.
  • STA information STA information
  • Each site information field includes a site association identifier 11 (Association Identifier 11, AID11) subfield, a feedback type (Feedback Type) subfield, and a number of columns (Number of columns, Nc) index subfield.
  • the AID11 subfields are respectively used to identify associated stations, that is, AID11 is used to indicate the STAs that need to perform channel sounding.
  • the Feedback Type subfield is used to indicate whether the feedback is single-user or multi-user feedback.
  • the column index subfield is used to indicate the column number of the feedback.
  • the VHT NDPA frame also includes a frame control (Frame Control, FC) field, a receiving address (Receiving Address, RA) field, and a sending address (Transmitting Address, TA) fields, etc., which are usually included in the MAC frame.
  • FC Frame Control
  • RA receiving Address
  • TA Transmission Address
  • a beamforming report frame is an Action no ACK frame.
  • the frame may include the items shown in Table 1.
  • the category is used to indicate the category of the action frame without confirmation
  • the VHT Action indicates the subcategory
  • the VHT MIMO Control is used to indicate the parameter information of the subsequent beamforming report.
  • the VHT compressed beamforming report and the multi-user exclusive beamforming report contain the corresponding channel state feedback information.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the frame structure of the VHT MIMO control field.
  • the VHT MIMO control field includes a remaining feedback allocation (remaining feedback segment) subfield, which is used to indicate the number of beamforming report segments that the station itself has not fed back.
  • Fig. 6a is a schematic diagram of a channel sounding process flow of a single user/STA in 802.11ax.
  • the AP sends a high efficient (HE) NDPA frame (the NDPA frame in 802.11ax is usually referred to as a HE NDPA frame) to notify the STAs that need to perform channel sounding and related channel sounding parameters.
  • the AP sends the HE NDP after an interval of one SIFS.
  • STA performs channel estimation through HE NDP, and then reports back CSI through beamforming.
  • HE high efficient
  • the STA can also request the STA for the beamforming report slices that have not yet been fed back by sending a beamforming report poll (BF Report Poll, BFRP) trigger frame.
  • BF Report Poll BF Report Poll
  • the AP sends a BFRP trigger frame to trigger simultaneous/parallel feedback of beamforming reports from multiple STAs that need to perform channel sounding.
  • the STAs that need to perform channel sounding feed back beamforming reports to the AP simultaneously/in parallel.
  • the AP can request the STA for the channel state information of the feedback error by sending the BFRP trigger frame again.
  • the HE NDPA frame follows the type and subtype of the VHT NDPA frame.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the frame structure of the HE NDPA frame.
  • the site information field in the HE NDPA frame is extended to 4 bytes, and the partial bandwidth information (Partial BW Info, Partial Bandwidth Information) subfield is introduced to indicate the STA feedback part
  • the channel state information of the bandwidth, the feedback part is from the start index (Start Index) of the resource unit (Resource Unit, RU) to the end index (End Index) of the resource unit, indicating a continuous segment of RU.
  • the maximum supported bandwidth of 802.11ax is 160MHz, it consists of 74 26-tone RUs (resource units of 26 subcarriers). Therefore, 7 bits are required to indicate which of the 74 26-tone RUs the CSI of the feedback partial bandwidth starts from, and another 7 bits are needed to indicate which of the 74 26-tone RUs the CSI for the feedback partial bandwidth ends with.
  • the RU start index subfield in the partial bandwidth information subfield indicates the first 26-tone RU that HE Beamformer requests for feedback
  • the RU end index subfield indicates the last 26-tone RU that requests feedback
  • the RU Start Index subfield in the Partial BW Info subfield indicates the first 26-tone RU for which the HE beamformer is requesting feedback.
  • the RU End Index subfield of the Partial BW Info subfield indicates the last 26-tone RU for which the HE beamformer is requesting feedback. ). It should be understood that the value of the RU Start Index subfield is less than or equal to the value of the RU End Index subfield (The value of the RU Start Index subfield is less than or equal to the value of the RU End Index subfield.).
  • the feedback type and the number of grouping (Number of grouping, Ng) subfields in the site information field are used to indicate whether the feedback is single-user or multi-user feedback, and the number of groups of the feedback.
  • the number of groups (Ng) indicates how many subcarriers are grouped into a group, and this group of subcarriers only needs to uniformly feed back the channel state information, which is used to reduce feedback compression.
  • the codebook size subfield is used to indicate the precision of quantization, and different precisions correspond to different overheads.
  • the number of columns (Nc) subfield is used to indicate the number of columns of the feedback beamforming matrix.
  • 802.11ax a maximum of 8 antennas are defined on the STA side, and a maximum of 8 data streams are supported. Therefore, 3 bits are required to indicate that the number of columns to be fed back is a value from 1 to 8.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the frame structure of the HE NDP.
  • the HE NDP includes the traditional short training sequence field, the traditional long training sequence field, the traditional signaling field, the repeated traditional signaling field, the high-efficiency signaling field A, the HE short training sequence field, and the HE long training sequence field , and the packet extension field.
  • the frame carrying channel state information in 802.11ax is called a high-efficiency compressed beamforming and channel state information report (HE compressed beamforming and CQI report) frame. Input Multiple Output, MIMO) field and beamforming report field.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the frame structure of the HE MIMO field.
  • the HE MIMO field includes a remaining feedback allocation (remaining feedback segment) subfield, which is used to indicate the number of beamforming report segments that the station itself has not yet fed back.
  • the HE MIMO field also includes the RU start index and the RU end index, which are used to indicate which one of the 74 26-tone RUs starts and which one ends the beamforming report segment fed back this time.
  • the HE compressed beamforming and CQI report frame of 802.11ax can also feed back channel quality information (Channel Quality Information, CQI), which only includes signal-to-noise ratio information.
  • CQI Channel Quality Information
  • the 802.11az standard is used for ranging (Ranging).
  • the NDPA frame in 802.11az is called a Ranging NDPA frame, which extends the type and subtype of the VHT NDPA frame, and is similar to the frame format of the HE NDPA frame.
  • the site information field is 4 byte. The specific frame format of the Ranging NDPA frame will not be repeated here.
  • NDPA frames have different variants in different standards, and each new generation of 802.11 standard will be compatible with the previous generation of 802.11 standards, different variants need to be distinguished at the receiving end.
  • the following describes how the sender of the NDPA frame allows the receiver to distinguish NDPA frames of different standards through instructions, and how to prevent the old version of the STA from misreading the new version of the NDPA frame.
  • the VHT station since there is only one variant of NDPA frame (that is, only VHT NDPA frame exists), the VHT station does not need to distinguish which variant of NDPA frame it is.
  • an HE indication is introduced into the second bit of the 1-byte probe session token field of the NDPA frame to indicate whether the NDPA frame is a HE NDPA frame. This bit is used to distinguish whether it is a VHT NDPA frame or a HE NDPA frame. Since the HE station can read two types of NDPA frames at the same time, it can identify whether it is a VHT NDPA frame or a HE NDPA frame by detecting the indication of the second bit of the session token field. For VHT stations, it does not distinguish and interprets HE NDPA frames as VHT NDPA frames.
  • a Ranging (ranging) indication is introduced into the first bit of the 1-byte probe session token field to indicate whether the NDPA frame is a Ranging NDPA frame.
  • the first bit and the second bit of the probe dialog token field will be used to distinguish which NDPA frame is a VHT NDPA frame, a HE NDPA frame, or a Ranging NDPA frame.
  • VHT sites it still does not distinguish and interprets Ranging NDPA frames as VHT NDPA frames.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the frame structure of the probe session token field in the NDPA frame.
  • the probe session token field includes a 1-bit ranging subfield and a 1-bit efficient subfield.
  • Table 2 shows the correspondence between the values and meanings of the first bit (Ranging subfield) and the second bit (HE subfield) of the probe session token field.
  • the HE station will regard a Ranging NDPA frame as a VHT NDPA frame.
  • the STA can identify whether the received NDPA frame is sent to itself through the association identifier in the station information field of the NDPA frame. Since the old version of the STA will not recognize the new NDPA frame variant (for example, the VHT station will understand the HE NDPA frame or the Ranging NDPA frame as the VHT NDPA frame), it is necessary to prevent the old version of the STA from misinterpreting part of the new variant NDPA frame. I think it was sent to me. If misreading occurs, the old version of the STA will perform unnecessary calculation of channel information, resulting in waste of buffer resources and power consumption. Taking the VHT station reading a HE NDPA frame as an example, see FIG. 11 . FIG.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the VHT station reading a HE NDPA frame.
  • the VHT site will treat the 3rd and 4th bytes of a 4-byte site information field in a HE NDPA frame as the second site information field of a VHT NDPA frame, and will The first 12 bits of information are regarded as a 12-bit association identification subfield. If the feedback type of the last 9 bits + 2 bits in the partial bandwidth information subfield and the disambiguation bit of the packet subfield + 1 bit are exactly the same as the AID of a certain VHT station, the VHT station will misread. Therefore, the disambiguation bit is introduced into the HE NDPA frame and mandated to be 1.
  • this bit corresponds to the most significant bit (ie, the most significant bit) of a 12-bit AID.
  • AID the most significant bit
  • the VHT STA will read the 12 bits as an AID greater than 2047.
  • the 802.11 standard does not define an AID larger than 2047, so the VHT STA will consider this AID larger than 2047 as the AID of another STA, so there will be no misreading. It is also because the 802.11 standard has not yet defined an AID greater than 2047, so the HE NDPA frame reduces the number of bits of the association identifier to 11 bits, and uses the saved 1 bit as a disambiguation subfield to transmit information.
  • the site information field is the same as the site information field of the HE NDPA frame, and the length is 4 bytes.
  • a disambiguation bit is introduced to prevent misreading by the VHT STA.
  • the sender of the channel sounding will not send a Ranging NDPA frame to the HE STA that does not support the Ranging standard, so there will be no misreading.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an aggregated PPDU.
  • a sub-PPDU (sub-PPDU1) in EHT format is transmitted on an 80MHz frequency domain slice
  • a sub-PPDU (sub-PPDU2) in HE format is transmitted on a 160MHz frequency domain slice.
  • the domain slice and the 160MHz frequency domain slice do not overlap in frequency.
  • HE sites, EHT sites, and sites that support the next-generation standard of the EHT standard can simultaneously Data is transmitted on orthogonal resource blocks, so it is necessary to complete the channel sounding of the HE site, the EHT site and the EHT+ site (the EHT+ site herein refers to the site supporting the EHT+ standard and its previous 802.11 standard).
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the frame structure of the EHT NDP.
  • the EHT NDP includes the traditional short training sequence field, the traditional long training sequence field, the traditional signaling field, the repeated traditional signaling field, the general signaling field, the EHT signaling field, the EHT short training sequence field, the EHT The long training sequence field, and the packet extension field.
  • the data field is not included in the EHT NDP.
  • this NDPA frame can only be used to notify the EHT site to perform channel sounding, and cannot notify the HE site and the EHT site to perform channel sounding at the same time/parallel.
  • the HE station can parse the subsequent station information fields according to the HE protocol format, since the EHT NDP shown in Figure 13 is compared with the HE NDP shown in Figure 8, there is one more EHT signaling field in the EHT NDP.
  • the EHT NDP cannot be time-aligned with the HE NDP.
  • sending two NDPs ie, EHT NDP and HE NDP
  • EHT NDP and HE NDP at the same time for channel sounding will cause interference, so channel sounding of the HE site and the EHT site cannot be performed at the same time.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a channel sounding method, which can notify the HE site, the EHT site, and the EHT+ site to perform channel sounding at the same time, so as to support beamforming during aggregation packet transmission.
  • the detection dialog token field in the NDPA frame is uniformly indicated according to the HE format, that is, the first bit of the detection dialog token field is set to 0, and the second bit is set to 1, which is used to indicate This NDPA frame includes at least two types of station information fields.
  • the HE site parses the site information field according to the traditional HE format.
  • the EHT site/EHT+ site judges which of the format of parsing the aggregated NDPA frame is EHT format, EHT+ format and HE format according to the adjacent 14 bits after the AID11 subfield in the site information field, and parses the site information according to the corresponding format field.
  • one NDPA frame can be used to simultaneously notify the HE station, the EHT station, and the EHT+ station to perform channel sounding.
  • the HE NDP is sent, so that all types of stations perform channel sounding (or channel estimation) according to the HE NDP, and feed back the channel sounding results according to the indication of their own station information field.
  • the first embodiment describes that two types of site information fields are included in an NDPA frame, and the Ragnging bit of the probe dialog token field in the NDPA frame is set to 0 and the HE bit is set to 1, which is used to notify the HE site and the EHT site. Class stations perform channel detection respectively.
  • the second embodiment describes that three types of site information fields are included in an NDPA frame, and the Ragnging bit of the probe session token field in the NDPA frame is set to 0 and the HE bit is set to 1, so as to notify the HE site, the EHT site and the EHT+ site of this.
  • the three types of stations perform channel detection respectively.
  • the AP and STA in this application can be either a single-link device or a functional entity or functional unit in a multi-link device.
  • the AP in this application is a certain part of the AP multi-link device.
  • AP, and the STA is a certain STA in the site multi-link device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the AP supports at least the 802.11be protocol (or Wi-Fi 7, EHT protocol), and can also support other WLAN communication protocols, such as 802.11ax, 802.11ac and other protocols.
  • the multiple STAs at least one STA supports the 802.11be protocol (ie, there is at least one EHT site), and at least one STA supports the 802.11ax protocol (ie, there is at least one HE site).
  • the AP and STA in this application may also support the next generation protocol of 802.11be. That is to say, the method provided in this application is not only applicable to the 802.11be protocol, but also applicable to the next generation protocol of 802.11be.
  • the access point in the embodiment of the present application is only an example of the initiator of the channel sounding (ie, the beamformer).
  • the beamformer may be other devices, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the sites (such as the first site and the second site) in this embodiment of the present application are only an example of the responders (that is, the Beamformee) of the channel probe.
  • the Beamformee may be other devices, which are implemented in this application The example does not limit this.
  • the first site in this application is an HE site
  • the second site is an EHT site
  • the third site is an EHT+ site.
  • the HE site is a site that supports the 802.11ax standard but not the 802.11be standard
  • the EHT site is a site that supports the 802.11be standard
  • the EHT+ site is a site that supports the next-generation standard of 802.11be.
  • Embodiment 1 of this application mainly introduces how to perform channel measurement on the HE site and the EHT site at the same time, so as to support beamforming during transmission of aggregated packets.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of a channel detection method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 14, the channel detection method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • the access point generates an empty data packet to declare an NDPA frame, where the NDPA frame includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields, wherein the format of the first type of site information fields In the HE format, each second site information field in the second type site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first The format is still the second format.
  • the access point sends the NDPA frame. Accordingly, the first station and the second station receive the NDPA frame.
  • the access point generates and sends an NDPA frame, where the NDPA frame includes first indication information for indicating that the NDPA frame includes two types of station information fields.
  • the format of the first type site information field is HE format
  • each second site information field in the second type site information field contains second indication information, which is used to indicate the second site information field where the second indication information is located.
  • the format is the first format or the second format. Accordingly, the first station and the second station receive the NDPA frame.
  • the first site is an HE site
  • the second site is an EHT site.
  • the "NDPA frame" in this embodiment of the present application may exist in the form of an aggregated PPDU, and may also be referred to as an aggregated NDPA frame, which may include both sub-PPDUs in HE format and sub-PPDUs in EHT format at the physical layer.
  • the above-mentioned first type of site information field may refer to the site information field sent to the HE site (the format of the site information field can only be the HE format, because the HE site only supports the 802.11ax standard), the above-mentioned second type of site information field. It can refer to the site information field sent to the EHT site (the site information field may be in either the EHT format or the HE format, because the EHT site supports both the 802.11ax standard and the 802.11be standard).
  • the length of each site information field in the NDPA frame is 4 bytes.
  • the first indication information is B0 with a value of 0 and B1 with a value of 1 in the probe dialog token field of the NDPA frame, and is used to indicate that the NDPA frame includes two types of site information fields.
  • the Ranging bit (ie the first bit of the probe session token field) of the probe session token field is set to 0, and the HE bit (ie the second bit of the probe session token field) is set to 1, So that the HE station regards the NDPA frame as an HE NDPA frame, so as to support the HE station to parse the NDPA frame.
  • each first site information field in the above-mentioned first type of site information fields follows the structure in the 802.11ax standard. Refer to the frame structure of the site information field in the foregoing FIG. 7 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the 11-bit AID11 subfield is used to identify the associated site, and the RU start index subfield and the RU end index subfield in the partial bandwidth information subfield are respectively used to indicate the detection result that needs to be fed back. 26RU start and end positions. Because the maximum bandwidth supported by the 802.11ax standard is 160MHz, and the 160MHz bandwidth includes 74 26RUs, the value range of RU Start index and RU end index is between 0 and 73, and the value between 74 and 127 is reserved.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a tone plan in the 80MHz bandwidth in the 802.11be standard. As shown in FIG. 15 , if all subcarriers in the 80MHz bandwidth are divided into one RU, a 996RU is formed, which includes 996 subcarriers.
  • the 80MHz bandwidth can also be divided into more RUs. For example, the 80MHz bandwidth can be divided into 2 484RUs, each of which contains 484 subcarriers; the 80MHz bandwidth can also be divided into 4, or 8 106RUs, or 16 52RUs , or 36 26RU. It should also be understood that the sub-carriers within each 80MHz bandwidth within the 160MHz and 320MHz bandwidths are divided in the same manner.
  • the value range of RU Start index and RU end index in the first type of site information field is between 0-73 and RU Start index is smaller than RU end index
  • the value and size of RU Start index and RU end index can be used. feature to design the second type of site information field.
  • the implementation of the second type of site information field is described in detail below by taking any second site information field in the second type of site information field as an example. It should be understood that the following implementations can be applied to each second site information field of the second type of site information fields.
  • the highest 2 bits of the RU end index (that is, B23 and B24 of the second site information field, it should be understood that B23 and B24 here are the above-mentioned second Indication information) are all set to 1 (at this time, if the second site information field is parsed according to the HE format, the RU end index is greater than or equal to 96, which no longer conforms to the instruction rules of the HE site), which is used to indicate the second site information field.
  • the format is EHT format. In other words, the EHT site should parse the second site information field according to the EHT format.
  • the format of the second site information field is indicated.
  • the EHT site should parse the second site information field according to the HE format.
  • the second site information field may be called an EHT site information field, indicating that its format is EHT format.
  • the second site information field may be called the HE site information field, indicating that its format is the HE format, which follows 802.11ax
  • the second type of site information field may include both the EHT site information field and the HE site information field; or the second type of site information field only includes the EHT site information field; or the second type of site information field includes only the HE site. information field.
  • FIG. 16a is a schematic diagram of an EHT site information field provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the EHT site information field includes AID11 subfield, RU allocation subfield, reserved field, codebook size subfield, version information subfield, feedback type and packet number subfield, disambiguation subfield, column number subfield one or more of the fields.
  • the length of the AID11 subfield is 11 bits, specifically B0 to B10 of the EHT site information field.
  • the AID11 subfield is used to identify the associated station or the station that needs to perform channel detection.
  • the length of the RU allocation subfield is 7 to 9 bits, its start bit is B11 of the EHT site information field, and its maximum end bit is B19 of the EHT site information field.
  • the RU allocation subfield is used to indicate the RU of the channel sounding result that needs to be fed back. It should be understood that since the length of the RU allocation subfield in FIG. 16a is only 7 to 9 bits, the resource block cannot be indicated in a 26RU granularity manner, and it is considered to be indicated in a unit of a resource block with a larger granularity, for example, in a unit of 242RU instruct.
  • the length of the codebook size subfield is 1 bit, and is specifically B22 of the EHT site information field.
  • the length of the feedback type and number of packets subfields is 2 bits, specifically B25 and B26 of the EHT site information field.
  • the 1-bit codebook size subfield and the 2-bit feedback type and grouping number subfield jointly indicate joint information such as quantization bits of the feedback beamforming matrix, the number of subcarrier combinations, and the feedback content.
  • the length of the version information subfield (the above-mentioned second indication information is carried in this field) is 2 bits, specifically B23 and B24 of the EHT site information field.
  • the 2-bit version information subfield is used to indicate whether the format of the site information field is the HE format or the EHT format.
  • the value of the 2-bit version information subfield in this embodiment of the present application is 11.
  • the length of the column number subfield is 4 bits, specifically B28 to B31 of the EHT site information field.
  • the column number subfield is used to indicate the column number of the feedback beamforming matrix. Since a maximum of 16 spatial streams are supported in the EHT standard, the number of columns subfield needs to use 4 bits, indicating that the number of columns to be fed back is a certain value from 1 to 16.
  • the highest bit of the RU Start index (that is, B17 of the second site information field) is set to 1, and the highest bit of the RU end index (that is, the first bit of the second site information field) is set to 1.
  • B24 of the second site information field is set to 0 (at this time, if the second site information field is parsed according to the HE format, the RU start index is greater than or equal to the RU end index, which no longer conforms to the instruction rules of the HE site) to indicate the
  • the format of the second site information field is the EHT format, in other words, the EHT site should parse the second site information field according to the EHT format.
  • the EHT site should parse the second site information field according to the HE format.
  • the embodiment of the present application distinguishes the site information fields of different formats (HE format and EHT format) according to the RU Start index and the RU end index, so that various different types of sites can correctly interpret their respective site information fields and obtain their respective site information fields. channel sounding parameters.
  • the second site information field may be called an EHT site information field, indicating that its format is EHT format.
  • the second site information field may be called the HE site information field, indicating that its format is the HE format, which follows 802.11ax
  • the second type of site information field may include both the EHT site information field and the HE site information field; or the second type of site information field only includes the EHT site information field; or the second type of site information field includes only the HE site. information field.
  • FIG. 16b is another schematic diagram of the EHT site information field provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the site information field of the EHT site includes the AID11 subfield, the RU allocation 1 subfield, the RU allocation 1 subfield (or the first RU allocation subfield), and the version information 1 subfield (or the first version information). subfield), RU allocation 2 subfield (or second RU allocation subfield), reserved field, codebook size subfield, version information 2 subfield (or second version information subfield), feedback type and number of packets subfields , one or more of the Disambiguation subfield, and the Number of Columns subfield.
  • the length of the AID11 subfield is 11 bits, specifically B0 to B10 of the EHT site information field.
  • the AID11 subfield is used to identify the associated station or the station that needs to perform channel detection.
  • the length of the RU allocation 1 subfield is 6 bits, specifically B11 to B16 of the EHT site information field.
  • the length of the RU allocation 2 subfield (or the second RU allocation subfield) is 1 to 3 bits, its start bit is B18 of the EHT site information field, and its maximum end bit is B20 of the EHT site information field.
  • the RU allocation 1 subfield (or the first RU allocation subfield) and the RU allocation 2 subfield (or the second RU allocation subfield) are used to jointly indicate the RUs feeding back the channel sounding result. It should be understood that since the sum of the lengths of the RU allocation 1 subfield and the RU allocation 2 subfield in FIG. 16b is only 7 to 9 bits, the resource blocks cannot be indicated in a 26RU granularity manner. Indicate, for example, in 242RU units.
  • the length of the version information 1 subfield is 1 bit, and is specifically B17 of the EHT site information field.
  • the length of the version information 2 field is 1 bit, and is specifically B24 of the EHT site information field.
  • the 1-bit version information 1 subfield (or the first version information subfield) and the 1-bit version information 2 field (or the second version information subfield) are used to jointly indicate whether the format of the site information word is HE format or EHT format Format.
  • the value of the version information 1 subfield (or the first version information subfield, that is, B17) is 1, and the value of the version information 2 field (or the second version information subfield, that is, B24) is 0. It is understandable that the above-mentioned second indication information is carried in two subfields, the version information 1 subfield (or the first version information subfield) and the version information 2 field (or the second version information subfield).
  • the length of the reserved field is 2 to 4 bits, and its end bit is B22 of the EHT site information field, indicating reservation.
  • the sum of the length of the reserved field and the length of the RU allocation 2 subfield (or the second RU allocation subfield) is equal to 5, that is, if the length of the RU allocation 2 subfield is 1 bit, the length of the reserved field is equal to 5. is 4 bits; if the length of the RU allocation subfield is 3 bits, the length of the reserved field is 2 bits; if the length of the RU allocation subfield is 2 bits, the length of the reserved field is 3 bits.
  • the length of the codebook size subfield is 1 bit, and is specifically B23 of the EHT site information field.
  • the length of the feedback type and number of packets subfields is 2 bits, specifically B25 and B26 of the EHT site information field.
  • the 1-bit codebook size subfield and the 2-bit feedback type and grouping number subfield jointly indicate joint information such as quantization bits of the feedback beamforming matrix, the number of subcarrier combinations, and the feedback content.
  • the length of the disambiguation subfield is 1 bit, specifically B27 of the EHT site information field.
  • the 1-bit disambiguation subfield which takes the value of 1, is used to prevent the VHT site from misreading the content of the site information field.
  • the length of the column number subfield is 4 bits, specifically B28 to B31 of the site information field.
  • the column number subfield is used to indicate the column number of the feedback beamforming matrix. Since a maximum of 16 spatial streams are supported in the EHT standard, the number of columns subfield needs to use 4 bits, indicating that the number of columns to be fed back is a certain value from 1 to 16.
  • the first station determines that the association identifier of a certain first station information field in the NDPA frame is the same as that of the first station, and parses the certain first station information field according to the HE format.
  • the above-mentioned first indication information (that is, B0 with a value of 0 and B1 with a value of 1 in the probe dialog token field) is used to indicate that the above-mentioned NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields, for HE sites , the NDPA frame will still be treated as a HE NDPA frame. That is to say, for the HE site, the meaning of the first indication information (that is, B0 with a value of 0 and B1 with a value of 1 in the probe dialog token field) in this embodiment of the present application is still interpreted according to the 802.11ax standard. , that is, the HE station considers that the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame is an HE NDPA frame.
  • the second station determines that the NDPA frame contains two types of station information fields according to the first indication information.
  • the second station determines that the association identifier in a certain second station information field in the NDPA frame is the same as the association identifier of the second station, the second station determines according to the second indication in the certain second station information field information, determine the format of the certain second site information field, and parse the certain second site information field according to the determined format.
  • the second station parses the first indication information in the NDPA frame, and determines that the NDPA contains two types of station information fields.
  • the second station searches the station information field included in the NDPA frame for a station information field whose association identifier is the same as its own association identifier.
  • the second site determines the certain second site information according to the second indication information in the certain second site information field
  • the format of the field, and parses its own site information field ie, parses the certain second site information field) according to the determined format.
  • the second site directly reads the second indication information (that is, B23 and B24, or B17 and B24) of the certain second site information field, and judges the second indication information (that is, B23 and B24, or the values of B17 and B24).
  • the value of B23 and B24 is 11, or the value of B17 is 1 and the value of B24 is 0, it is determined that the format of the certain second site information field is the EHT format (ie the second format).
  • the format of the certain second site information field is the HE format (ie, the first format).
  • the values of B17 and B24 are "00" or "01” or "11”
  • it is determined that the format of the certain second site information field is the HE format (ie, the first format).
  • the second site regards B11 to B24 (14 bits in total) in a certain second site information field as a 7-bit RU start index (RU start index) and a 7-bit RU end index ( RU end index), thereby obtaining the RU start index value and the RU end index value.
  • the second site determines that the format of the certain second site information field is the EHT format (ie, the second format). This is because the RU start index value and the RU end index value parsed according to the HE format do not meet the requirements of 802.11ax, so it can be determined that parsing the certain second site information field according to the HE format is wrong.
  • the second site determines that the format of the certain second site information field is the first format (ie, the HE format), and continues to parse the subsequent subfields in the certain second site information field according to the HE format.
  • the EHT station supports both the 802.11ax standard and the 802.11be standard, that is, the EHT station can use the HE to parse the NDPA frame, or use the EHT to parse the NDPA frame. Therefore, before the EHT station parses the NDPA frame, it does not know in which format the station information field in the NDPA frame that matches its associated identifier is set.
  • the EHT station After the EHT station receives the NDPA frame, it must first determine which format should be used to parse the site information field that matches its associated identifier, and then parse its own site information field according to the format determined by itself, so that it can Correct parsing to obtain your own channel sounding parameters.
  • step S103 may be performed before step S104-step S105, or step S103 may be performed after step S104-step S105, or step S103 and step S104-step S105 may be performed simultaneously/parallelly.
  • the channel detection method in FIG. 14 further includes one or more of the following steps:
  • the access point sends a null data packet NDP. Accordingly, the first site and the second site receive the NDP.
  • the access point sends the HE NDP on the corresponding bandwidth. For example, if the access point wants to send an NDP with a bandwidth of 160MHz, the access point will send a HE NDP with a bandwidth of 160MHz on the main 160MHz channel; if the access point wants to send an NDP with a bandwidth of 80MHz, the access point will Send a HE NDP with a bandwidth of 80MHz on the main 80MHz channel.
  • the access point transmits the HE NDP with a bandwidth of 160MHz on the main 160MHz channel, and simultaneously/parallelly transmits the HE NDP in the HE format obtained by phase rotation from the 160MHz channel. That is to say, when the bandwidth is 320MHz, the NDP sent by the access point includes two parts, one of which is the HE NDP with a bandwidth of 160MHz, and the other is the HE obtained by rotating the HE NDP with a bandwidth of 160MHz by a certain coefficient on the frequency domain slice. format NDP.
  • the access point when the bandwidth is less than or equal to 160MHz, the access point only sends an NDP in the HE format, so that both the HE station and the EHT station can perform channel detection according to the HE NDP.
  • the HE NDP is sent on the first 160MHz frequency domain slice (ie, the main 160MHz channel), while the phase-rotated HE format is sent on the second 160MHz frequency domain slice (ie, the slave 160MHz channel). NDP, so that the two HE-format NDPs can be aligned in time, avoiding interference.
  • LTF2x_160 represents the LTF sequence of 2x mode in 160MHz bandwidth. zeros(1,23) means 23 zeros.
  • the "LTF sequence" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may refer to the frequency domain sequence of the LTF, and the two may be used interchangeably in the embodiments of the present application.
  • LTF80MHz_primary [LTF80MHz_2x_part1, LTF80MHz_2x_part2, LTF80MHz_2x_part3, LTF80MHz_2x_part4, LTF80MHz_2x_part5];
  • LTF80MHz_secondary [LTF80MHz_2x_part1, -LTF80MHz_2x_part2, LTF80MHz_2x_part3, LTF80MHz_2x_part4, -LTF80MHz_2x_part5].
  • LTF80MHz_2x_part1 [+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1 ,0,+1 ,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1 ,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1 ,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1 ,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,
  • LTF80MHz_2x_part2 [+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1 ,0,+1,0,-1 ,0,+1,0,-1 ,0,+1,0,-1 ,0,+1,0,+1 ,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1 ,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1 ,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1 ,0,-1 ,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1 ,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1 ,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1 ,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1 ,
  • LTF80MHz_2x_part3 [+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, +1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1].
  • LTF80MHz_2x_part4 [0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0, +1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0, +1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1
  • LTF80MHz_2x_part5 [0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0, +1,0,+1,0,-1,0, +1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0, +1,0,+1,0,-1,0,0, -1,0, -1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0, +1,0,+1,0,-1,0, +1,0,-1,0, +1,0,-1,0, +1,0,-1,0, +1,0,-1,0, +1,0,+1,0,-1,0, +1,0,-1,0, +1,0,-1,0, +1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,
  • LTF2x_160_second [-LTF80MHz_primary, zeros(1, 23), LTF80MHz_secondary].
  • LTF2x_160_second represents the second LTF sequence in 2x mode at 160MHz bandwidth. zeros(1,23) means 23 consecutive zeros. Understandably, the 2xLTF sequence sent on the secondary 160MHz channel is obtained by rotating the 2xLTF sequence sent on the main 160MHz channel by a certain coefficient. In this way, the peak-to-average ratio over the entire 320MHz bandwidth can be kept low.
  • the bandwidth of 320MHz can be changed to the actual bandwidth of 240MHz by puncturing the preamble.
  • the 2x mode means that the physical layer subcarrier spacing in the NDP is 4x mode means that the physical layer subcarrier spacing in NDP is
  • LTF_80MHz_left_4x [+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1 ,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,- 1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1, -1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1, -1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1 ,+1,+1,-1 ,+1,+1,-1 ,+1,+1,-1 ,+1,+1,+1,-1 ,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1 ,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1 ,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1 ,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1 ,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1 ,+1,+ 1,+1,+1,+1,-1,
  • LTF_80MHz_right_4x [0,0,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+ 1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1 ,-1 ,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,- 1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1, -1,-1,-1,+1, -1,-1,-1,+1, -1,-1,-1,+1, -1,-1,-1,+1, -1,-1,-1,+1, -1,-1,-1,+1, -1,-1,-1,+1, -1,-1,-1,+1, -1,-1,-1,+1, -1,-1
  • LTF4x_160_second [-LTF_80MHz_lower_4x,zeros(1 ,23),LTF_80MHz_upper_4x]
  • LTF4x_160_second [LTF_80MHz_lower_4x,zeros(1,23),-LTF_80MHz_upper_4x].
  • LTF4x_160_second represents the LTF sequence of the second 4x mode in the bandwidth of 160MHz. zeros(1,23) means 23 consecutive zeros.
  • the bandwidth of 320MHz can be changed to the actual bandwidth of 240MHz by puncturing the preamble.
  • LTF4x_240 [LTF_80MHz_lower_4x, zeros(1,23), LTF_80MHz_upper_4x, zeros(1,23), -LTF_80MHz_lower_4x].
  • steps S103 to S106 is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first station acquires channel state information according to the received NDP.
  • the second station acquires channel state information according to the received NDP.
  • the first station and the second station respectively perform channel estimation (or channel measurement) according to the NDPs they receive to obtain channel state information, and can generate corresponding beamforming reports according to the instructions of their own station information fields.
  • Channel state information is included in the beamforming report.
  • the first site (HE site) generates an efficient compressed beamforming and channel state information report frame according to the indication of each subfield in its own site information field (that is, a certain first site information field above), which includes an HE MIMO field and a beam Shape the report field, the HE MIMO field may refer to the structure shown in the aforementioned FIG. 9 .
  • the access point sends a beamforming report polling BFRP trigger frame, where the BFRP trigger frame is used to trigger the first station and the second station to feed back the beamforming report.
  • the first station and the second station receive the BFRP trigger frame.
  • steps S107 to S109 is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first station After receiving the BFRP trigger frame, the first station sends a beamforming report, where the beamforming report is generated based on an indication of the information field of a certain first station, and the beamforming report carries channel state information.
  • the second station after receiving the BFRP trigger frame, the second station sends a beamforming report, where the beamforming report is generated based on the indication of the information field of a certain second station, and the beamforming report carries channel state information.
  • the first station and the second station may send (or feed back) beamforming reports to the access point at the same time/parallel, or send (or feed back) beamforming reports to the access point in turn
  • the respective beamforming reports include respective channel state information.
  • the beamforming report may further include channel quality information. It is understandable that step S110 and step S111 may be performed simultaneously or in parallel.
  • the method for realizing the simultaneous/parallel sending of the beamforming report by the first site and the second site includes: after the first site and the second site receive the BFRP trigger frame, after an interval of the same period of time (such as a SIFS), Send respective beamforming reports.
  • the time at which the station feeds back the beamforming report is specified in the above-mentioned NDPA frame, and the first station and the second station send respective beamforming reports when the feedback time indicated by the NDPA frame arrives.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic time sequence diagram of a channel sounding method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the AP sends an aggregated NDPA frame, sends an NDP in HE format after an interval of one SIFS, and sends a BRP trigger frame after an interval of one SIFS.
  • the HE STA and the EHT STA feed back beamforming reports after an interval of one SIFS, respectively.
  • the format used to indicate that the site information field is HE
  • the format is still the EHT format; by setting the Ranging bit of the probe dialog token field in the NDPA frame to 0 and the HE bit to 1, so that the NDPA frame can notify the HE station to perform channel measurement, and the simultaneous channel between the HE station and the EHT station can be realized. Probing to support beamforming for aggregated packet transmissions.
  • the embodiment of the present application can solve the problem that different types of NDPs cannot be aligned in time (ie, the HE NDP and EHT NDP cannot be aligned in time) by uniformly sending NDPs in the HE format, thereby avoiding the need for channel measurement. interference.
  • the second embodiment of the present application mainly introduces how to simultaneously perform channel measurement on the HE site, the EHT site, and the EHT+ site, so as to support beamforming during aggregation packet transmission.
  • FIG. 18 is another schematic flowchart of the channel sounding method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the channel detection method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • the access point generates an empty data packet to declare an NDPA frame
  • the NDPA frame includes first indication information
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of site information fields, wherein the format of the first type of site information fields is HE Format, each second site information field in the second type of site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first format or the first format Second format
  • each third site information field in the third type site information field contains third indication information
  • the third indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is the third format .
  • the access point sends the NDPA frame. Accordingly, the first station, the second station and the third station receive the NDPA frame.
  • the access point generates and sends an NDPA frame, where the NDPA frame includes first indication information for indicating that the NDPA frame includes two types of station information fields.
  • the format of the first type of site information field is HE format; each second site information field in the second type of site information field contains second indication information, which is used to indicate the second site information field where the second indication information is located
  • the format is the first format or the second format; each third site information field in the third type site information field contains third indication information, which is used to indicate whether the format of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is for the third format.
  • the first station, the second station and the third station receive the NDPA frame.
  • the first site is an HE site
  • the second site is an EHT site
  • the third site is an EHT+ site.
  • the first format is the HE format
  • the second format is the EHT format
  • the third format is the EHT+ format.
  • the above-mentioned first type of site information field may refer to the site information field sent to the HE site (the format of the site information field can only be in the HE format, because the HE site only supports the 802.11ax standard).
  • the above-mentioned second type of site information field may refer to the site information field sent to the EHT site (the site information field may be in either the EHT format or the HE format, because the EHT site supports both the 802.11ax standard and the 802.11be standard).
  • the above-mentioned third type of site information field may refer to the site information field sent to the EHT+ site (the site information field may be in either the EHT+ format, the EHT format, or the HE format, because the EHT site supports both the 802.11ax standard and the Supports the 802.11be standard, and also supports the next-generation standard of 802.11be).
  • the length of each site information field in the NDPA frame is 4 bytes.
  • the first indication information is B0 with a value of 0 and B1 with a value of 1 in the probe dialog token field of the NDPA frame, and is used to indicate that the NDPA frame includes two types of site information fields.
  • the Ranging bit (ie the first bit of the probe session token field) of the probe session token field is set to 0, and the HE bit (ie the second bit of the probe session token field) is set to 1, So that the HE station regards the NDPA frame as an HE NDPA frame, so as to support the HE station to parse the NDPA frame.
  • each first site information field in the above-mentioned first type of site information fields follows the structure in the 802.11ax standard. Refer to the frame structure of the site information field in the foregoing FIG. 7 , which will not be repeated here.
  • each third site information field in the above-mentioned third type of site information field contains third indication information, which is used to indicate whether the format of the third site information field where this third indication information is located is the third format (that is, EHT+ format).
  • the third type of site information field includes one or more third site information fields, and a third site information field includes a third indication information, and this third indication information only indicates that the format of this third site information field is which format.
  • the value range of RU Start index and RU end index in the first type of site information field is between 0-73 and RU Start index is smaller than RU end index
  • the value and size of RU Start index and RU end index can be used. feature to design the third type of site information field.
  • the implementation of the third type of site information field is described in detail below by taking any third type of site information field in the third type of site information field as an example. It should be understood that the following implementations can be applied to each third site information field of the third type of site information fields.
  • the highest 2 bits of the RU end index (that is, B23 and B24 of the third site information field, it should be understood that B23 and B24 here are the above-mentioned third indication information) are all set to 1 to indicate that the format of the third site information field is the EHT+ format.
  • the EHT+ site should parse the third site information field according to the EHT+ format.
  • B23 and B24 of the third site information field are not all 1 (that is, the values of B23 and B24 are "01" or "10" or "00"), the format of the third site information field is indicated. Not in EHT+ format.
  • the structure of the third site information field may refer to the structure shown in FIG. 16a.
  • the version information subfield in FIG. 16a (the above-mentioned third indication information is carried in this field) is used to indicate whether the format of the third site information field is the EHT+ format.
  • the value of the 2-bit version information subfield is 11.
  • the highest bit of the RU Start index (that is, B17 of the third site information field) is set to 1, and the highest bit of the RU end index (that is, the first bit of the third site information field) is set to 1.
  • B24 of the three-site information field is set to 0 (at this time, if the third site information field is parsed according to the HE format, the RU start index is greater than or equal to the RU end index, which no longer conforms to the instruction rules of the HE site) to indicate the
  • the format of the third site information field is EHT+ format. In other words, the EHT+ site should parse the third site information field according to the EHT+ format.
  • B17 and B24 are the above-mentioned third indication information.
  • the structure of the third site information field may refer to the structure shown in FIG. 16b.
  • the version information 1 subfield (or the first version information subfield) and the version information 2 field (or the second version information subfield) in FIG. 16b are used to jointly indicate that the format of the third site information word is the EHT+ format.
  • the value of the version information 1 subfield (or the first version information subfield, that is, B17) is 1, and the value of the version information 2 field (or the second version information subfield, that is, B24) is 0. .
  • the third indication information is B17 and B24 in the site information field; when the second indication information is B17 and B24 in the site information field, the third indication information is B17 and B24 in the site information field;
  • the third indication information is B23 and B24 in the site information field. That is to say, if the EHT site information field adopts the structure shown in Fig. 16a, the EHT+ site information field (in the embodiment of this application, the EHT+ site information field refers to the site information field in the EHT+ format) adopts the structure shown in Fig. 16b; the EHT site If the information field adopts the structure shown in Fig. 16b, the EHT+ site information field adopts the structure shown in Fig. 16a.
  • the third site information field also contains fourth indication information
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the third site information field is the first format (ie, HE format) or the second format (EHT format).
  • the above-mentioned fourth indication information is B23 and B24 in this third site information field, when the values of this B23 and this B24 are both 1, indicating that the format of this third site information field is the second format (ie EHT format).
  • the values of the B23 and B24 are not all 1 (that is, the values of B23 and B24 are "01" or "10" or "00"), it indicates that the format of the third site information field is the first format (ie HE format).
  • the above-mentioned fourth indication information is B17 and B24 in the third site information field.
  • the format is the second format (ie EHT format).
  • EHT format EHT format
  • the value of the B17 is not 1, or the value of the B24 is not 0 (that is, the values of B17 and B24 are "01" or "11” or "00"
  • the format is the first format (ie, HE format).
  • the fourth indication information is B17 and B24 in the site information field; when the third indication information is B17 and B24 in the site information field, the third indication information is B17 and B24 in the site information field.
  • the four indication information is B23 and B24 in the site information field.
  • the first station determines that the association identifier of a certain first station information field in the NDPA frame is the same as that of the first station, and parses the certain first station information field according to the HE format.
  • the second station determines that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of station information fields according to the first indication information.
  • the second station determines that the association identifier in a certain second station information field in the NDPA frame is the same as the association identifier of the second station, the second station determines according to the second indication in the certain second station information field information, determine the format of the certain second site information field, and parse the certain second site information field according to the determined format.
  • steps S203 to S205 in this embodiment of the present application reference may be made to the implementation of steps S103 to S105 in the foregoing first embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the third station determines that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of station information fields according to the first indication information.
  • the third station determines that the association identifier in a certain third station information field in the NDPA frame is the same as the association identifier of the third station, the third station determines according to the third indication in the certain third station information field information, to determine whether the format of the certain third site information field is the third format.
  • the third site parses the certain third site information field according to the third format.
  • the third station parses the first indication information in the NDPA frame, and determines that the NDPA contains at least three types of station information fields.
  • the third station searches the station information field included in the NDPA frame for a station information field whose association identifier is the same as its own association identifier. Assuming that the third site finds that the associated identifier of a certain third site information field is the same as its own, the third site judges the certain third site information according to the third indication information in the certain third site information field Whether the format of the field is the third format (ie EHT+ format).
  • the third site parses its own site information field (ie, parses the certain third site information field) according to the third format (ie the EHT+ format). three site information fields).
  • the third site judges the third site according to the fourth indication information included in the certain third site information field.
  • the format of a certain third site information field and parses its own site information field according to the determined format (ie, parses the certain third site information field).
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the format of a certain third site information field is the first format (ie, the HE format) or the second format (ie, the EHT format).
  • the third site reads the third indication information (that is, B23 and B24, or B17 and B24) of the information field of a certain third site, and determines the third indication information (that is, B23 and B24) , or the values of B17 and B24).
  • the third indication information that is, B23 and B24
  • the format of the certain third site information field is the EHT+ format (ie, the third format).
  • the third station when the values of B23 and B24 are "10" or "01” or "00”, it is determined that the format of the certain third site information field is not the EHT+ format (ie, the third format).
  • the third station then reads the fourth indication information (ie, B17 and B24) of the certain third station information field, and determines the value of the fourth indication information.
  • the format EHT format ie, the second format
  • the format of the certain third site information field is the HE format (ie, the first format).
  • the third station reads the fourth indication information (ie, B23 and B24) of the certain third station information field, and determines the value of the fourth indication information.
  • the values of B23 and B24 are 11, it is determined that the format of the certain third site information field is the EHT format (ie, the second format).
  • the values of B23 and B24 are "10" or "01” or "00”
  • it is determined that the format of the certain third site information field is the HE format (ie, the first format).
  • the third site regards B11 to B24 (14 bits in total) in a certain third site information field as a 7-bit RU start index (RU start index) and a 7-bit RU end index (RU). end index), thereby obtaining the RU start index value and the RU end index value. If the obtained RU start index value is greater than or equal to the RU end index value, or the RU start index value is greater than 73, or the RU end index value is greater than 73, the third site (EHT+site) determines the certain third site information
  • the format of the field is not the HE format (ie the first format).
  • the third site also needs to further determine that the format of a certain third site information field is EHT according to the values of B23 and B24, or the values of B17 and B24 in the certain third site information field
  • the format ie the second format
  • the format is also the EHT+ format (ie the third format).
  • the value of B23 and B24 in the certain third site information field is 11, it is determined that the format of the certain third site information field is the EHT+ format, otherwise it is the EHT format.
  • the value of B17 in the certain third site information field is 1 and the value of B24 is 0, it is determined that the format of the certain third site information field is the EHT+ format, otherwise it is the EHT format.
  • the third site determines that the format of the certain third site information field is the first format (ie, the HE format), and continues to parse the subsequent subfields according to the HE format.
  • the channel detection method in FIG. 18 further includes one or more of the following steps:
  • the access point sends a null data packet NDP. Accordingly, the first site, the second site and the third site receive the NDP.
  • the first station acquires channel state information according to the received NDP.
  • the second station acquires channel state information according to the received NDP.
  • step S209 to step S211 in this embodiment of the present application reference may be made to the implementation manner of step S106 to step S108 in the foregoing embodiment 1, and details are not described herein again.
  • the third station acquires channel state information according to the received NDP.
  • the third station performs channel estimation (or channel measurement) according to the NDP received by itself, obtains channel state information, and can generate a corresponding beamforming report according to the indication of a certain third station information field.
  • the beamforming report includes the channel state information obtained by the third station. It should be understood that if the certain third station information field is in the EHT+ format, the third station generates the beamforming report specified in the EHT+ standard.
  • the access point sends a beamforming report polling BFRP trigger frame, where the BFRP trigger frame is used to trigger the first station, the second station and the third station to feed back the beamforming report.
  • the first station, the second station and the third station receive the BFRP trigger frame.
  • the first station after receiving the BFRP trigger frame, the first station sends a beamforming report, the beamforming report is generated based on the indication of the information field of the certain first station, and the beamforming report carries channel state information.
  • the second station after receiving the BFRP trigger frame, the second station sends a beamforming report, the beamforming report is generated based on the indication of the information field of a certain second station, and the beamforming report carries channel state information.
  • steps S213 to S215 in this embodiment of the present application reference may be made to the implementation of steps S109 to S111 in the foregoing first embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the third station after receiving the BFRP trigger frame, the third station sends a beamforming report, the beamforming report is generated based on the indication of the certain third station information field, and the beamforming report carries channel state information.
  • the above-mentioned steps S214, S215, and S216 may be performed simultaneously or in parallel, or may be performed in turn.
  • the first station, the second station and the third station may send (or feed back) beamforming reports to the access point at the same time/parallel, or send (or send back) the beamforming report to the access point in turn.
  • feedback) beamforming reports and the respective beamforming reports include respective channel state information.
  • the beamforming report may further include channel quality information.
  • FIG. 19 is another schematic timing diagram of the channel sounding method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the AP sends an aggregated NDPA frame, sends an NDP in HE format after an interval of one SIFS, and sends a BRP trigger frame after an interval of one SIFS.
  • HE STA, EHT STA, and EHT+STA feed back beamforming reports after an interval of one SIFS, respectively.
  • the embodiment of the present application by designing B17, B23, and B24 in the site information field, which format is the format of the site information field;
  • the Ranging bit is set to 0 and the HE bit is set to 1, so that the NDPA frame can notify the HE site to perform channel measurement, which can realize simultaneous channel detection of the HE site, EHT site, and EHT+ site to support beamforming during aggregation packet transmission.
  • the embodiment of the present application can solve the problem that different types of NDPs cannot be aligned in time by uniformly sending NDPs in the HE format, thereby avoiding interference during channel measurement.
  • the access point and the station can be divided into functional modules according to the above method examples.
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware, and can also be implemented in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that, the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation.
  • the communication device according to the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 20 and FIG. 21 . Wherein, the communication device is an access point or a station, and further, the communication device may be a device in an access point; or, the communication device is a device in a STA.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1 may be an access point or a chip in the access point, such as a Wi-Fi chip or the like.
  • the communication device 1 includes: a processing unit 11 and a transceiver unit 12 .
  • the processing unit 11 is configured to generate an NDPA frame, the NDPA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields, wherein the first type of site information
  • the format of the field is HE format, and each second site information field in the second type site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located Whether it is the first format or the second format; the transceiver unit 12 is used to send the NDPA frame.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit 12 is further configured to send an NDP; the above-mentioned transceiver unit 12 is further configured to send a trigger frame, where the trigger frame is used to trigger the station to feed back a beamforming report.
  • the communication device 1 in this design can correspondingly execute the foregoing method embodiment 1, and the above operations or functions of each unit in the communication device 1 are respectively in order to implement the corresponding operations of the access point in the foregoing method embodiment 1, For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the processing unit 11 is configured to generate an NDPA frame, where the NDPA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of site information fields, wherein the first type of The format of the site information field is a high efficient (HE) format, and each second site information field in the second type of site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate where the second indication information is located.
  • the transceiver unit 12 is used to send the NDPA frame.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit 12 is further configured to send an NDP; the above-mentioned transceiver unit 12 is further configured to send a trigger frame, where the trigger frame is used to trigger the station to feed back a beamforming report.
  • the communication device 1 in this design can correspondingly execute the second method embodiment, and the above operations or functions of each unit in the communication device 1 are to implement the corresponding operations of the access point in the second method embodiment, respectively.
  • the above operations or functions of each unit in the communication device 1 are to implement the corresponding operations of the access point in the second method embodiment, respectively.
  • details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus 2 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 2 may be a site or a chip in the site, such as a Wi-Fi chip or the like.
  • the communication device 2 includes: a transceiver unit 21 and a processing unit 22 .
  • the communication device 2 is the second site or a chip therein.
  • the transceiver unit 21 is configured to receive an NDPA frame, where the NDPA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields, wherein the format of the first type of site information fields is HE Format, each second site information field in the second type of site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first format or the The second format; the processing unit 22 is used to determine that the NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields according to the first indication information; the processing unit 22 is also used to determine a certain second site information in the NDPA frame when When the association identifier in the field is the same as the association identifier of the second site, the format of the certain second site information field is determined according to the second indication information in the certain second site information field, and the format of the certain second site information field is determined according to the determined information
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit 21 is also used to receive NDP; the above-mentioned processing unit 22 is also used to obtain channel state information according to the NDP; the above-mentioned transceiver unit 21 is also used to receive a trigger frame, and the trigger frame is used to trigger the site. Feedback a beamforming report; the above-mentioned transceiver unit 21 is further configured to send a beamforming report, the beamforming report is generated based on the indication of the certain second site information field in the NDPA frame, and the beamforming report carries the channel state information.
  • the communication device 2 in this design can correspondingly execute the first and second method embodiments, and the above operations or functions of each unit in the communication device 2 are to implement the second site in the first and second method embodiments, respectively. The corresponding operations are not repeated here for brevity.
  • the communication device 2 is the third site or a chip therein.
  • the transceiver unit 21 is configured to receive an NDPA frame, where the NDPA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of site information fields, wherein the format of the first type of site information fields is: HE format, each second site information field in the second type site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first format Still in the second format, each third site information field in the third type of site information field contains third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate whether the format of the third site information field where the third indication information is located is The third format; the processing unit 22 is configured to determine, according to the first indication information, that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of site information fields; the processing unit 22 is further configured to determine if a third site in the NDPA frame is determined If the information field is the same as the associated
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit 21 is also used to receive NDP; the above-mentioned processing unit 22 is also used to obtain channel state information according to the NDP; the above-mentioned transceiver unit 21 is also used to receive a trigger frame, and the trigger frame is used to trigger the site. Feedback a beamforming report; the above-mentioned transceiver unit 21 is further configured to send a beamforming report, the beamforming report is generated based on the indication of the certain third site information field in the NDPA frame, and the beamforming report carries the channel state information.
  • the communication device 2 in this design can correspondingly execute the second method embodiment, and the above operations or functions of each unit in the communication device 2 are to implement the corresponding operations of the third site in the second method embodiment, respectively.
  • the above operations or functions of each unit in the communication device 2 are to implement the corresponding operations of the third site in the second method embodiment, respectively.
  • details are not repeated here.
  • the access point and the site described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by a general bus architecture.
  • An access point includes a processor and a transceiver that communicates internally with the processor.
  • the processor is configured to generate an NDPA frame, where the NDPA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields, wherein the first type of site information field
  • the format is HE format, and each second site information field in the second type of site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first.
  • a format is also a second format; a transceiver for transmitting the NDPA frame.
  • the processor is configured to generate an NDPA frame, where the NDPA frame includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of site information fields, wherein the first type of site information
  • the format of the field is HE format
  • each second site information field in the second type site information field contains second indication information
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located Whether it is the first format or the second format
  • each third site information field in the third type site information field contains third indication information
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the third site information field where the third indication information is located Whether the format is the third format; the transceiver, used to send the NDPA frame.
  • a station includes a processor and a transceiver in communication with the processor's internal connections.
  • the transceiver is configured to receive an NDPA frame, where the NDPA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields, wherein the first type of site information field
  • the format is HE format
  • each second site information field in the second type of site information field contains second indication information
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first.
  • a format or a second format the processor is configured to determine, according to the first indication information, that the NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields; the processor is further configured to determine if a certain second site information in the NDPA frame is determined The association identifier in the field is the same as the association identifier of the second site, then according to the second indication information in the certain second site information field, determine the format of the certain second site information field, and according to the determined The format parses the certain second site information field.
  • the transceiver is configured to receive an NDPA frame, where the NDPA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of site information fields, wherein the first type of site information
  • the format of the field is HE format, and each second site information field in the second type site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located Whether it is the first format or the second format, each third site information field in the third type site information field contains third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the third site information field where the third indication information is located Whether the format of the NDPA frame is the third format;
  • the processor is used to determine, according to the first indication information, that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of site information fields;
  • the site information field is the same as the associated identifier of the third site, then according to the third indication information in the certain third site information field, it is determined whether the format of the certain
  • the access point and the site described in the embodiments of this application may be implemented by a general-purpose processor.
  • a general purpose processor implementing an access point includes a processing circuit and an input and output interface in communication with the internal connections of the processing circuit.
  • a processing circuit is used to generate an NDPA frame, the NDPA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields, wherein the first type of site information field
  • the format is HE format, and each second site information field in the second type of site information field contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is the first.
  • the first format is still the second format; the input and output interface is used for sending the NDPA frame.
  • the processing circuit is configured to generate an NDPA frame, where the NDPA frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of site information fields, wherein the first type of site information
  • the format of the field is HE format
  • each second site information field in the second type site information field contains second indication information
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located Whether it is the first format or the second format
  • each third site information field in the third type site information field contains third indication information
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the third site information field where the third indication information is located Whether the format is the third format
  • the input and output interface used to send the NDPA frame.
  • a general purpose processor implementing a site includes a processing circuit and an input and output interface in communication with the internal connections of the processing circuit.
  • an input and output interface is used to receive an NDPA frame
  • the NDPA frame includes first indication information
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields, wherein the first type of site information field
  • the format is HE format
  • each second site information field in the second type site information field contains second indication information
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the format of the second site information field where the second indication information is located is Whether the first format is the second format
  • the processing circuit is used to determine, according to the first indication information, that the NDPA frame contains two types of site information fields
  • the processing circuit is also used to determine if a second site in the NDPA frame is determined
  • the association identifier in the information field is the same as the association identifier of the second site, then according to the second indication information in the information field of a certain second site, the format of the information field of the certain second site is determined, and the format of the information field of the certain second site is determined according to the determined
  • an input and output interface is used to receive an NDPA frame
  • the NDPA frame includes first indication information
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of station information fields, wherein the first type of station information
  • the format of the information field is HE format
  • each second site information field in the second type of site information field contains second indication information
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the location of the second site information field where the second indication information is located.
  • each third site information field in the third type site information field contains third indication information
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the third site information where the third indication information is located.
  • the processing circuit is used to determine, according to the first indication information, that the NDPA frame contains at least three types of site information fields; the processing circuit is also used to determine if a certain number of the NDPA frame is The three-site information field is the same as the associated identifier of the third site, then according to the third indication information in the certain third-site information field, it is determined whether the format of the certain third-site information field is the third format; this process The circuit is further configured to parse the certain third site information field according to the third format if it is determined that the format of the certain third site information field is the third format.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, where computer program code is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the processor executes the computer program code, the electronic device executes the method in any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method in any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, which can exist in the form of a chip, and the structure of the device includes a processor and an interface circuit, and the processor is used to communicate with other devices through a receiving circuit, so that the device performs the above-mentioned The method of any of the embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a wireless communication system, including an access point and a second station, optionally including a third station, the access point and the second station can perform the method in the foregoing first embodiment, the access point and the second station The point, the second station, and the third station may perform the method in the foregoing second embodiment.
  • the steps of the methods or algorithms described in conjunction with the disclosure of the present application may be implemented in a hardware manner, or may be implemented in a manner in which a processor executes software instructions.
  • the software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and the software modules can be stored in random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), flash memory, Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (Erasable Programmable ROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable Programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM), registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, compact disk read only (CD-ROM), or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor, such that the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium may reside in an ASIC.
  • the ASIC may be located in the core network interface device.
  • the processor and the storage medium may also exist in the core network interface device as discrete components.
  • the functions described in this application may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • the functions When implemented in software, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium.
  • Computer-readable media includes both computer-readable storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
  • a storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请涉及无线通信领域，比如应用于支持802.11be标准的无线局域网中，尤其涉及一种信道探测方法及相关装置。该方法包括：接入点生成并发送NDPA帧。该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是HE格式还是EHT格式。采用本申请实施例，可以通知HE站点和EHT站点同时进行信道探测，以支持聚合包传输时的波束成形。

Description

信道探测方法及相关装置
本申请要求于2020年12月11日提交中国专利局、申请号为202011447158.5、申请名称为“信道探测方法及相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及无线通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种信道探测方法及相关装置。
背景技术
在无线局域网(wireless local area network，WLAN)中，接入点(access point,AP)和站点(station，STA)需要提前获取信道状态信息用于进行波束成形(Beamforming，BF)、速率控制、资源分配等功能。WLAN中获取信道状态信息的过程称为信道探测过程。
随着WLAN标准的演进，其允许传输的最大带宽从20MHz发展到160MHz，空时流数也从1个空间流发展到8个空间流。目前，正在开展针对802.11ax的下一代Wi-Fi标准，即802.11be(又称极高吞吐率(extremely high throughput，EHT)标准或Wi-Fi7标准)的讨论，考虑引入更大的带宽(如320MHz)，和更多的流数(如9至16个空间流)。下文中将支持802.11ax标准而不支持802.11be标准的站点简称为HE站点，将支持802.11be标准的站点简称为EHT站点。
EHT标准中考虑在信道探测过程中用一个空数据分组声明(null data packet announcement，NDPA)帧来通知HE站点和EHT站点同时进行信道探测，以支持聚合包传输时的波束成形。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种信道探测方法及相关装置，可以通知HE站点和EHT站点同时进行信道探测，以支持聚合包传输时的波束成形。
下面从不同的方面介绍本申请，应理解的是，下面的不同方面的实施方式和有益效果可以互相参考。
第一方面，本申请提供一种信道探测方法，该方法包括：接入点生成并发送空数据分组声明(null data packet announcement，NDPA)帧。该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为高效(high efficient，HE)格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式。
可选的，上述第一格式为HE格式，上述第二格式为极高吞吐率(extremely high throughput，EHT)格式。或者，上述第一格式为HE格式，上述第二格式为EHT下一代协议格式。或者，上述第一格式为EHT格式，上述第二格式为EHT下一代协议格式。
本方案通过在NDPA帧的某些站点信息字段中携带指示信息，指示这个站点信息字段是何种格式，并在NDPA帧中携带另一个指示信息，指示这个NDPA帧包含2类站点信息字段，从而可以通知HE站点和EHT站点同时进行信道探测，以支持聚合包传输时的波束成形。
结合第一方面，在一种可能的设计中，接入点发送NDPA帧后，该方法还包括：接入点 发送空数据分组(null data packet，NDP)，并发送触发帧，该触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告。
结合第一方面，在一种可能的设计中，上述NDP的带宽为320MHz。接入点发送NDP，包括：接入点在主160MHz信道上发送160MHz带宽的HE NDP，同时/并行在从160MHz信道上发送该160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
换句话说，320MHz的NDP包括两部分，其中，第一部分为160MHz带宽的HE NDP，第二部分为该160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
本方案通过统一发送HE格式的NDP，可以解决不同种类的NDP无法在时间上对齐的问题(即HE NDP和EHT NDP在时间上无法对齐的情况)，从而避免信道测量时的干扰。
第二方面，本申请提供一种信道探测方法，该方法包括：第二站点(EHT站点)接收空数据分组声明(null data packet announcement，NDPA)帧，并根据该NDPA帧中的第一指示信息，确定该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段；若确定出该NDPA帧中某个第二站点信息字段中的关联标识与该第二站点的关联标识相同，则该第二站点根据该某个第二站点信息字段中的第二指示信息，确定出该某个第二站点信息字段的格式，并按照确定出的格式解析该某个第二站点信息字段。该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，其中，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式。第二站点是EHT站点。
结合第二方面，在一种可能的设计中，第二站点接收NDPA帧后，该方法还包括：第二站点接收NDP，并根据该NDP获取信道状态信息；第二站点接收触发帧，该触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告；第二站点发送波束成形报告，该波束成形报告基于该NDPA帧中该某个第二站点信息字段的指示生成，该波束成形报告中携带该信道状态信息。
可选的，上述NDP的带宽为320MHz。第二站点接收NDP时，在主160MHz信道上接收160MHz带宽的HE NDP，同时/并行在从160MHz信道上接收该160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
换句话说，320MHz的NDP包括两部分，其中，第一部分为160MHz带宽的HE NDP，第二部分为该160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
第三方面，本申请提供一种信道探测方法，该方法包括：第一站点(HE站点)接收NDPA帧；第一站点根据该NDPA帧中的第一指示信息，确定该NDPA帧是HE NDPA帧；第一站点确定该NDPA帧中某个第一站点信息字段的关联标识与第一站点的关联标识相同，并按照HE格式解析该某个第一站点信息字段。该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，其中，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式。第一站点是HE站点。
结合第三方面，在一种可能的设计中，第一站点接收NDPA帧后，该方法还包括：第一站点接收NDP，并根据该NDP获取信道状态信息；第一站点接收触发帧，该触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告；第一站点发送波束成形报告，该波束成形报告基于该NDPA帧中该某个第一站点信息字段的指示生成，该波束成形报告中携带该信道状态信息。
可选的，如果上述NDP的带宽为320MHz。第一站点接收NDP时，只在主160MHz信 道上接收160MHz带宽的HE NDP。
第四方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置为接入点或接入点中的芯片，比如Wi-Fi芯片。该通信装置包括：处理单元和收发单元。该处理单元，用于生成NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式；该收发单元，用于发送该NDPA帧。
可选的，上述第一格式为HE格式，上述第二格式为EHT格式。或者，上述第一格式为HE格式，上述第二格式为EHT下一代协议格式。或者，上述第一格式为EHT格式，上述第二格式为EHT下一代协议格式。
结合第四方面，在一种可能的设计中，上述收发单元，还用于发送NDP，并发送触发帧，该触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告。
结合第四方面，在一种可能的设计中，上述NDP的带宽为320MHz。上述收发单元具体用于在主160MHz信道上发送160MHz带宽的HE NDP，同时/并行在从160MHz信道上发送该160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
换句话说，320MHz的NDP包括两部分，其中，第一部分为160MHz带宽的HE NDP，第二部分为该160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
第五方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置为第二站点或第二站点中的芯片，比如Wi-Fi芯片。该通信装置包括：收发单元和处理单元。该收发单元，用于接收NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式；该处理单元，用于根据该第一指示信息，确定该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段；该处理单元，还用于当确定出该NDPA帧中某个第二站点信息字段中的关联标识与该第二站点的关联标识相同时，根据该某个第二站点信息字段中的第二指示信息，确定出该某个第二站点信息字段的格式，并按照确定出的格式解析该某个第二站点信息字段。
结合第五方面，在一种可能的设计中，上述收发单元，还用于接收NDP；上述处理单元，还用于根据该NDP获取信道状态信息；上述收发单元，还用于接收触发帧，该触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告；上述收发单元，还用于发送波束成形报告，该波束成形报告基于该NDPA帧中该某个第二站点信息字段的指示生成，该波束成形报告中携带该信道状态信息。
可选的，上述NDP的带宽为320MHz。上述收发单元，具体用于在主160MHz信道上接收160MHz带宽的HE NDP，同时/并行在从160MHz信道上接收该160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
换句话说，320MHz的NDP包括两部分，其中，第一部分为160MHz带宽的HE NDP，第二部分为该160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
第六方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置为第一站点或第一站点中的芯片，比如Wi-Fi芯片。该通信装置包括：收发单元和处理单元。该收发单元，用于接收NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式 是第一格式还是第二格式；该处理单元，用于根据该NDPA帧中的第一指示信息，确定该NDPA帧是HE NDPA帧；该处理单元，还用于确定该NDPA帧中某个第一站点信息字段的关联标识与第一站点的关联标识相同，并按照HE格式解析该某个第一站点信息字段。
结合第六方面，在一种可能的设计中，上述收发单元，还用于接收NDP；上述处理单元，还用于根据该NDP获取信道状态信息；上述收发单元，还用于接收触发帧，该触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告；上述收发单元，还用于发送波束成形报告，该波束成形报告基于该NDPA帧中该某个第一站点信息字段的指示生成，该波束成形报告中携带该信道状态信息。
可选的，如果上述NDP的带宽为320MHz。上述收发单元，具体用于只在主160MHz信道上接收160MHz带宽的HE NDP。
上述任一方面的任一种设计中，如果上述NDP的带宽小于或等于160MHz，该NDP为HE NDP。
上述任一方面的任一种设计中，上述第一指示信息为探测对话令牌字段中取值为0的B0和取值为1的B1。
本方案通过将该NDPA帧中探测对话令牌字段的Ranging比特(即探测对话令牌字段的第1个比特，B0)置0，HE比特(即探测对话令牌字段的第2个比特，B1)置1，以使HE站点将该NDPA帧视为是HE NDPA帧，从而支持HE站点解析该NDPA帧。
上述任一方面的任一种设计中，上述第二指示信息为2比特，分别位于该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B23和B24。当该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B23和B24的取值均为1时，指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式为第二格式；当该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B23和B24的取值不全为1时，指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式为第一格式。
可选的，上述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段还包括以下至少一个：资源单元(resource unit，RU)分配子字段、码本尺寸子字段、预留字段、列数子字段。该RU分配子字段为7比特、或8比特、或9比特，该RU分配子字段的起始比特为该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B11，该RU分配子字段用于指示反馈信道测量结果的RU。该码本尺寸子字段为1比特，位于该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B22，该码本尺寸子字段用于指示量化的精准度。该列数子字段为4比特，位于该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B28至B31，该列数子字段用于指示反馈波束成形矩阵的列数。
本方案通过将站点信息字段中的B23和B24都置为1，用于指示这个站点信息字段的格式是EHT格式，从而对不同格式(HE格式和EHT格式)的站点信息字段进行区分，使得各种不同类型的站点可以正确解读各自的站点信息字段，获得各自的信道探测参数。
上述任一方面的任一种设计中，上述第二指示信息为2比特，分别位于该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B17和B24。当该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B17的取值为1，且B24的取值为0时，指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式为第二格式；当该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B17的取值不为1，或B24的取值不为0时，指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式为第一格式。
可选的，上述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段还包括以下至少一个：第一RU分配子字段、第二RU分配子字段、预留字段、码本尺寸子字段、列数子字段。该第一RU分配子字段为6比特，位于该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B11至B16，该第二RU分配子字段为1比特、或2比特、或3比特，该第二RU分配子字段的起始比特为该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B18，该第一RU分配子字段和该第二RU分配子字段联 合指示反馈信道探测结果的RU。该码本尺寸子字段为1比特，位于该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B23，用于指示量化的精准度。该列数子字段为4比特，位于该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B28至B31，用于指示反馈波束成形矩阵的列数。
本方案通过将站点信息字段中的B17置为1、B24置为0，用于指示这个站点信息字段的格式是EHT格式，从而对不同格式(HE格式和EHT格式)的站点信息字段进行区分，使得各种不同类型的站点可以正确解读各自的站点信息字段，获得各自的信道探测参数。
第七方面，本申请提供一种信道探测方法，该方法包括：接入点生成并发送NDPA帧。该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式，第三类站点信息字段中的每个第三站点信息字段包含第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式。
可选的，上述第一格式为HE格式，上述第二格式为EHT格式，上述第三格式为EHT下一代协议格式。
本方案通过在第二类站点信息字段中携带指示信息，指示这个站点信息字段是HE格式还是EHT格式，在第三类站点信息字段中携带另一个指示信息，指示这个站点信息字段是否是EHT下一代协议格式；又通过将NDPA帧中又一个指示信息，指示这个NDPA帧包含至少3类站点信息字段，从而可以实现HE站点、EHT站点以及EHT+站点的同时信道探测，以支持聚合包传输时的波束成形。应理解的，这里的EHT+站点是指支持EHT下一代协议格式的站点。
结合第七方面，在一种可能的设计中，接入点发送NDPA帧后，该方法还包括：接入点发送NDP，并发送触发帧，该触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告。
结合第七方面，在一种可能的设计中，上述NDP的带宽为320MHz。接入点发送NDP，包括：接入点在主160MHz信道上发送160MHz带宽的HE NDP，同时/并行在从160MHz信道上发送该160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
换句话说，320MHz的NDP包括两部分，其中，第一部分为160MHz带宽的HE NDP，第二部分为该160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
本方案通过统一发送HE格式的NDP，可以解决不同种类的NDP无法在时间上对齐的问题，从而避免信道测量时的干扰。
第八方面，本申请提供一种信道探测方法，该方法包括：第二站点(EHT站点)接收NDPA帧，并根据该NDPA帧中的第一指示信息，确定该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段；若确定出该NDPA帧中某个第二站点信息字段中的关联标识与该第二站点的关联标识相同，则该第二站点根据该某个第二站点信息字段中的第二指示信息，确定出该某个第二站点信息字段的格式，并按照确定出的格式解析该某个第二站点信息字段。该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式，第三类站点信息字段中的每个第三站点信息字段包含第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式。
可选的，上述第一格式为HE格式，上述第二格式为EHT格式，上述第三格式为EHT 下一代协议格式。
结合第八方面，在一种可能的设计中，第二站点接收NDPA帧后，该方法还包括：第二站点接收NDP，并根据该NDP获取信道状态信息；第二站点接收触发帧，该触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告；第二站点发送波束成形报告，该波束成形报告基于该NDPA帧中该某个第二站点信息字段的指示生成，该波束成形报告中携带该信道状态信息。
可选的，上述NDP的带宽为320MHz。第二站点接收NDP时，在主160MHz信道上接收160MHz带宽的HE NDP，同时/并行在从160MHz信道上接收该160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
换句话说，320MHz的NDP包括两部分，其中，第一部分为160MHz带宽的HE NDP，第二部分为该160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
第九方面，本申请提供一种信道探测方法，该方法包括：第三站点(EHT+站点)接收NDPA帧，并根据该NDPA帧中的第一指示信息，确定该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段；若确定出该NDPA帧中某个第三站点信息字段与该第三站点的关联标识相同，则第三站点根据该某个第三站点信息字段中的第三指示信息，确定该某个第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式；若确定出该某个第三站点信息字段的格式为该第三格式，则第三站点按照该第三格式解析该某个第三站点信息字段。该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式，第三类站点信息字段中的每个第三站点信息字段包含第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式。
可选的，上述第一格式为HE格式，上述第二格式为EHT格式，上述第三格式为EHT下一代协议格式。
结合第九方面，在一种可能的设计中，第三站点接收NDPA帧后，该方法还包括：第三站点接收NDP，并根据该NDP获取信道状态信息；第三站点接收触发帧，该触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告；第三站点发送波束成形报告，该波束成形报告基于该NDPA帧中该某个第三站点信息字段的指示生成，该波束成形报告中携带该信道状态信息。
可选的，上述NDP的带宽为320MHz。第三站点接收NDP时，在主160MHz信道上接收160MHz带宽的HE NDP，同时/并行在从160MHz信道上接收该160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
换句话说，320MHz的NDP包括两部分，其中，第一部分为160MHz带宽的HE NDP，第二部分为该160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
第十方面，本申请提供一种信道探测方法，该方法包括：第一站点(HE站点)接收NDPA帧；第一站点根据该NDPA帧中的第一指示信息，确定该NDPA帧是HE NDPA帧；第一站点确定该NDPA帧中某个第一站点信息字段的关联标识与第一站点的关联标识相同，并按照HE格式解析该某个第一站点信息字段。该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式，第三类站点信息字段中的每个第三站点信息字段包含第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式。
可选的，上述第一格式为HE格式，上述第二格式为EHT格式，上述第三格式为EHT下一代协议格式。
结合第十方面，在一种可能的设计中，第一站点接收NDPA帧后，该方法还包括：第一站点接收NDP，并根据该NDP获取信道状态信息；第一站点接收触发帧，该触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告；第一站点发送波束成形报告，该波束成形报告基于该NDPA帧中该某个第一站点信息字段的指示生成，该波束成形报告中携带该信道状态信息。
可选的，如果上述NDP的带宽为320MHz。第一站点接收NDP时，只在主160MHz信道上接收160MHz带宽的HE NDP。
第十一方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置为接入点或接入点中的芯片，比如Wi-Fi芯片。该通信装置包括：处理单元和收发单元。该处理单元，用于生成NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式，第三类站点信息字段中的每个第三站点信息字段包含第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式；该收发单元，用于发送该NDPA帧。
可选的，上述第一格式为HE格式，上述第二格式为EHT格式，上述第三格式为EHT下一代协议格式。
结合第十一方面，在一种可能的设计中，上述收发单元，还用于发送NDP，并发送触发帧，该触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告。
结合第十一方面，在一种可能的设计中，上述NDP的带宽为320MHz。上述收发单元，还用于在主160MHz信道上发送160MHz带宽的HE NDP，同时/并行在从160MHz信道上发送该160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
换句话说，320MHz的NDP包括两部分，其中，第一部分为160MHz带宽的HE NDP，第二部分为该160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
第十二方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置为第二站点或第二站点中的芯片，比如Wi-Fi芯片。该通信装置包括：收发单元和处理单元。该收发单元，用于接收NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式，第三类站点信息字段中的每个第三站点信息字段包含第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式；该处理单元，用于根据该第一指示信息，确定该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段；该处理单元，还用于当确定出该NDPA帧中某个第二站点信息字段中的关联标识与该第二站点的关联标识相同时，根据该某个第二站点信息字段中的第二指示信息，确定出该某个第二站点信息字段的格式，并按照确定出的格式解析该某个第二站点信息字段。
可选的，上述第一格式为HE格式，上述第二格式为EHT格式，上述第三格式为EHT下一代协议格式。
结合第十二方面，在一种可能的设计中，上述收发单元，还用于接收NDP；上述处理单元，还用于根据该NDP获取信道状态信息；上述收发单元，还用于接收触发帧，该触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告；上述收发单元，还用于发送波束成形报告，该波束成形报告 基于该NDPA帧中该某个第二站点信息字段的指示生成，该波束成形报告中携带该信道状态信息。
可选的，上述NDP的带宽为320MHz。上述收发单元，具体用于在主160MHz信道上接收160MHz带宽的HE NDP，同时/并行在从160MHz信道上接收该160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
换句话说，320MHz的NDP包括两部分，其中，第一部分为160MHz带宽的HE NDP，第二部分为该160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
第十三方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置为第三站点或第三站点中的芯片，比如Wi-Fi芯片。该通信装置包括：收发单元和处理单元。该收发单元，用于接收NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式，第三类站点信息字段中的每个第三站点信息字段包含第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式；该处理单元，用于根据该第一指示信息，确定该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段；该处理单元，还用于若确定出该NDPA帧中某个第三站点信息字段与该第三站点的关联标识相同，则根据该某个第三站点信息字段中的第三指示信息，确定该某个第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式；该处理单元，还用于若确定出该某个第三站点信息字段的格式为该第三格式，则按照该第三格式解析该某个第三站点信息字段。
可选的，上述第一格式为HE格式，上述第二格式为EHT格式，上述第三格式为EHT下一代协议格式。
结合第十三方面，在一种可能的设计中，上述收发单元，还用于接收NDP；上述处理单元，还用于根据该NDP获取信道状态信息；上述收发单元，还用于接收触发帧，该触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告；上述收发单元，还用于发送波束成形报告，该波束成形报告基于该NDPA帧中该某个第三站点信息字段的指示生成，该波束成形报告中携带该信道状态信息。
可选的，上述NDP的带宽为320MHz。上述收发单元，具体用于在主160MHz信道上接收160MHz带宽的HE NDP，同时/并行在从160MHz信道上接收该160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
换句话说，320MHz的NDP包括两部分，其中，第一部分为160MHz带宽的HE NDP，第二部分为该160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
第十四方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置为第一站点或第一站点中的芯片，比如Wi-Fi芯片。该通信装置包括：收发单元和处理单元。该收发单元，用于接收NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式，第三类站点信息字段中的每个第三站点信息字段包含第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式；该处理单元，用于根据该NDPA帧中的第一指示信息，确定该NDPA帧是HE NDPA帧；该处理单元，还用于确定该NDPA帧中某个第一站点信息字段的关联标识与第一站点的关联标识相同，并按照HE格式解析该某个第一站点信息字段。
结合第十四方面，在一种可能的设计中，上述收发单元，还用于接收NDP；上述处理单元，还用于根据该NDP获取信道状态信息；上述收发单元，还用于接收触发帧，该触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告；上述收发单元，还用于发送波束成形报告，该波束成形报告基于该NDPA帧中该某个第一站点信息字段的指示生成，该波束成形报告中携带该信道状态信息。
可选的，如果上述NDP的带宽为320MHz。上述收发单元，具体用于只在主160MHz信道上接收160MHz带宽的HE NDP。
上述任一方面的任一种设计中，如果上述NDP的带宽小于或等于160MHz，该NDP为HE NDP。
上述任一方面的任一种设计中，上述第一指示信息为探测对话令牌字段中取值为0的B0和取值为1的B1。
上述任一方面的任一种设计中，上述第二指示信息为2比特，分别位于该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B23和B24。当该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B23和B24的取值均为1时，指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式为第二格式；当该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B23和B24的取值不全为1时，指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式为第一格式。
上述任一方面的任一种设计中，上述第三指示信息为2比特，分别位于该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的B23和B24。当该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的B23和B24的取值均为1时，指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式为第三格式；当该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的B23和B24的取值不全为1时，指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式不是该第三格式。
可选的，上述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段、或上述第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段还包括以下至少一个：RU分配子字段、码本尺寸子字段、预留字段、列数子字段。该RU分配子字段为7比特、或8比特、或9比特，该RU分配子字段的起始比特为该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段或该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的B11，该RU分配子字段用于指示反馈信道测量结果的RU。该码本尺寸子字段为1比特，位于该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段或该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的B22，该码本尺寸子字段用于指示量化的精准度。该列数子字段为4比特，位于该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段或该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的B28至B31，该列数子字段用于指示反馈波束成形矩阵的列数。
本方案通过对站点信息字段中的B23和B24的设计，来区分这个站点信息字段的格式是哪种格式，从而对不同格式的站点信息字段进行区分，使得各种不同类型的站点可以正确解读各自的站点信息字段，获得各自的信道探测参数。
上述任一方面的任一种设计中，上述第二指示信息为2比特，分别位于该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B17和B24。当该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B17的取值为1，且B24的取值为0时，指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式为第二格式；当该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B17的取值不为1，或B24的取值不为0时，指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式为第一格式。
上述任一方面的任一种设计中，上述第三指示信息为2比特，分别位于该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的B17和B24。当该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的B17的取值为1，且B24的取值为0时，指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式为 第三格式；当该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的B17的取值不为1，或B24的取值不为0时，指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式不是该第三格式。
可选的，上述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段、或上述第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段还包括以下至少一个：第一RU分配子字段、第二RU分配子字段、预留字段、码本尺寸子字段、列数子字段。该第一RU分配子字段为6比特，位于该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段或该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的B11至B16，该第二RU分配子字段为1比特、或2比特、或3比特，该第二RU分配子字段的起始比特为该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段或该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的B18，该第一RU分配子字段和该第二RU分配子字段联合指示反馈信道探测结果的RU。该码本尺寸子字段为1比特，位于该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段或该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的B23，用于指示量化的精准度。该列数子字段为4比特，位于该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段或该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的B28至B31，用于指示反馈波束成形矩阵的列数。
本方案通过对站点信息字段中的B17和B24的设计，来区分这个站点信息字段的格式是哪种格式，从而对不同格式的站点信息字段进行区分，使得各种不同类型的站点可以正确解读各自的站点信息字段，获得各自的信道探测参数。
应理解，当第二指示信息是站点信息字段中的B23和B24时，第三指示信息就是站点信息字段中的B17和B24；当第二指示信息是站点信息字段中的B17和B24时，第三指示信息就是站点信息字段中的B23和B24。
上述任一方面的任一种设计中，当上述第三指示信息指示该第三指示信息所在的站点信息字段的格式不是所述第三格式时，所述第三指示信息所在的站点信息字段还包含第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第三指示信息所在的站点信息字段的格式是所述第一格式还是所述第二格式。
本方案在第三指示信息指示不是EHT+格式时，携带另一个指示信息，指示是HE格式还是EHT格式，以便于EHT+站点选择正确的格式去解读自己的站点信息字段。
可选的，对于第三站点而言，上述信道探测方法还包括：若确定出该某个第三站点信息字段的格式不是该第三格式，则第三站点根据该某个第三站点信息字段中包括的第四指示信息，确定该某个第三站点信息字段的格式，并按照确定出的格式解析该某个第三站点信息字段，该第四指示信息用于指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式是该第一格式还是该第二格式。
上述任一方面的任一种设计中，上述第四指示信息为该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的B17和B24。当该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的B17的取值为1且B24的取值为0时，指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式为第二格式；当该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的B17的取值不为1或B24的取值不为0，指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式为第一格式。
上述任一方面的任一种设计中，上述第四指示信息为该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的B23和B24。当该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的B23的取值为1且B24的取值为1时，指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式为第二格式；当该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的B23的取值不为1或B24的取值不为1时，指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式为第一格式。
应理解，当第三指示信息是站点信息字段中的B23和B24时，第四指示信息就是站点信 息字段中的B17和B24；当第三指示信息是站点信息字段中的B17和B24时，第四指示信息就是站点信息字段中的B23和B24。
本方案通过对站点信息字段中的B17、B23、以及B24的设计，来区分这个站点信息字段的格式是哪种格式，从而对不同格式(HE格式、EHT格式、以及EHT下一代协议格式)的站点信息字段进行区分，使得各种不同类型的站点可以正确解读各自的站点信息字段，获得各自的信道探测参数。
第十五方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置具体为接入点，包括处理器和收发器。该处理器和该收发器用于执行上述第一方面、或上述第七方面所述的方法。
第十六方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置具体为第二站点，包括处理器和收发器。该处理器和该收发器用于执行上述第二方面、或上述第八方面所述的方法。
第十七方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置具体为第三站点，包括处理器和收发器。该处理器和该收发器用于执行上述第九方面所述的方法。
第十八方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置具体为第一站点，包括处理器和收发器。该处理器和该收发器用于执行上述第三方面、或上述第十方面所述的方法。
第十九方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以以芯片的产品形态存在，该通信装置的结构中包括输入输出接口和处理电路。该输入输出接口和该处理电路用于执行上述第一方面至上述第三方面中任一方面、或上述第七方面至上述第十方面中任一方面所述的方法。
第二十方面，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有程序指令，当该程序指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面至上述第三方面中任一方面，或上述第七方面至上述第十方面中任一方面所述的方法。
第二十一方面，本申请提供一种包含程序指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面至上述第三方面中任一方面，或上述第七方面至上述第十方面中任一方面所述的方法。
实施本申请实施例，可以通知HE站点和EHT站点同时进行信道探测，以支持聚合包传输时的波束成形。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案，下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍。
图1是本申请实施例提供的无线通信系统的架构示意图；
图2a是本申请实施例提供的接入点的结构示意图；
图2b是本申请实施例提供的站点的结构示意图；
图3是802.11ac中的信道探测流程示意图；
图4是VHT NDPA帧的帧结构示意图；
图5是VHT MIMO控制字段的帧结构示意图；
图6a是802.11ax中单用户/STA的信道探测流程示意图；
图6b是802.11ax中多用户/STA的信道探测流程示意图；
图7是HE NDPA帧的帧结构示意图；
图8是HE NDP的帧结构示意图；
图9是HE MIMO字段的帧结构示意图；
图10是NDPA帧中探测对话令牌字段的帧结构示意图；
图11是VHT站点读取HE NDPA帧的示意图；
图12是聚合PPDU的示意图；
图13是EHT NDP的帧结构示意图；
图14是本申请实施例提供的信道探测方法的一示意流程图；
图15是802.11be标准中80MHz带宽下的载波规划(tone plan)示意图；
图16a是本申请实施例提供的EHT站点信息字段的一示意图；
图16b是本申请实施例提供的EHT站点信息字段的另一示意图；
图17是本申请实施例提供的信道探测方法的一时序示意图；
图18是本申请实施例提供的信道探测方法的另一示意流程图；
图19是本申请实施例提供的信道探测方法的另一时序示意图；
图20是本申请实施例提供的通信装置1的结构示意图；
图21是本申请实施例提供的通信装置2的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述。
为便于理解本申请实施例提供的方法，下面将对本申请实施例提供的方法的系统架构和/或应用场景进行说明。可理解的，本申请实施例描述的系统架构和/或应用场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案，并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定。
本申请实施例提供一种信道探测方法，通过在NDPA帧的某些站点信息字段中携带指示信息，指示这个站点信息字段是何种格式，并将NDPA帧中的探测对话令牌字段的测距(Ranging)比特置0，HE比特置1，来欺骗传统的HE站点把该NDPA帧视为是HE格式的，从而可以通知HE站点和EHT站点同时进行信道探测，以支持聚合包传输时的波束成形。该信道探测方法可以应用于无线通信系统中，比如无线局域网系统中。该信道探测方法可以由无线通信系统中的通信设备或通信设备中的芯片或处理器实现。该通信设备可以是接入点设备或站点设备；该通信设备还可以是一种支持多条链路并行传输的无线通信设备，例如，该通信设备可以称为多链路设备(multi-link device，MLD)或多频段设备。相比于仅支持单条链路传输的通信设备来说，多链路设备具有更高的传输效率和更大的吞吐率。
本申请实施例提供的信道探测方法，可以应用于一个或多个节点与另一个或其他多个节点之间的通信场景中，主要应用于AP与STA通信的场景中，但也适用于AP与AP的通信场景，也同样适用于STA与STA的通信场景。参见图1，图1是本申请实施例提供的无线通信系统的架构示意图。如图1所示，该无线通信系统可以包括一个或多个AP(如图1中的AP1和AP2)和一个或多个STA(如图1中的STA1和STA2)。其中，图1所示的2个站点，一个可以是HE站点，另一个可以是EHT站点。AP和STA均支持WLAN通信协议，该通信协议可以包括802.11be(或称为Wi-Fi 7，EHT协议)，还可以包括802.11ax，802.11ac等协议。当然，随着通信技术的不断演进和发展，该通信协议还可以包括802.11be的下一代协议等。以WLAN为例，实现本申请方法的装置可以是WLAN中的AP或STA，或者是，安装在AP或STA中的芯片或处理系统。
接入点(例如图1中的AP1或AP2)是一种具有无线通信功能的装置，支持采用WLAN协议进行通信，具有与WLAN网络中其他设备(比如站点或其他接入点)通信的功能，当然， 还可以具有与其他设备通信的功能。在WLAN系统中，接入点可以称为接入点站点(AP STA)。该具有无线通信功能的装置可以为一个整机的设备，还可以是安装在整机设备中的芯片或处理系统等，安装这些芯片或处理系统的设备可以在芯片或处理系统的控制下，实现本申请实施例的方法和功能。本申请实施例中的AP是为STA提供服务的装置，可以支持802.11系列协议。例如，AP可以为通信服务器、路由器、交换机、网桥等通信实体；AP可以包括各种形式的宏基站，微基站，中继站等，当然AP还可以为这些各种形式的设备中的芯片和处理系统，从而实现本申请实施例的方法和功能。
站点(例如图1中的STA1和STA2)是一种具有无线通信功能的装置，支持采用WLAN协议进行通信，具有与WLAN网络中的其他站点或接入点通信的能力。在WLAN系统中，站点可以称为非接入点站点(non-access point station,non-AP STA)。例如，STA是允许用户与AP通信进而与WLAN通信的任何用户通信设备，该具有无线通信功能的装置可以为一个整机的设备，还可以是安装在整机设备中的芯片或处理系统等，安装这些芯片或处理系统的设备可以在芯片或处理系统的控制下，实现本申请实施例的方法和功能。例如，STA可以为平板电脑、桌面型、膝上型、笔记本电脑、超级移动个人计算机(Ultra-mobile Personal Computer，UMPC)、手持计算机、上网本、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)、手机等可以联网的用户设备，或物联网中的物联网节点，或车联网中的车载通信装置或，娱乐设备，游戏设备或系统，全球定位系统设备等，STA还可以为上述这些终端中的芯片和处理系统。
WLAN系统可以提供高速率低时延的传输，随着WLAN应用场景的不断演进，WLAN系统将会应用于更多场景或产业中，比如，应用于物联网产业，应用于车联网产业或应用于银行业，应用于企业办公，体育场馆展馆，音乐厅，酒店客房，宿舍，病房，教室，商超，广场，街道，生成车间和仓储等。当然，支持WLAN通信的设备(比如接入点或站点)可以是智慧城市中的传感器节点(比如，智能水表，智能电表，智能空气检测节点)，智慧家居中的智能设备(比如智能摄像头，投影仪，显示屏，电视机，音响，电冰箱，洗衣机等)，物联网中的节点，娱乐终端(比如AR，VR等可穿戴设备)，智能办公中的智能设备(比如，打印机，投影仪，扩音器，音响等)，车联网中的车联网设备，日常生活场景中的基础设施(比如自动售货机，商超的自助导航台，自助收银设备，自助点餐机等)，以及大型体育以及音乐场馆的设备等。本申请实施例中对于STA和AP的具体形式不做限制，在此仅是示例性说明。
802.11标准关注物理(physical layer，PHY)层和介质介入控制(medium access control，MAC)层部分。一个示例中，参见图2a，图2a是本申请实施例提供的接入点的结构示意图。其中，AP可以是多天线/多射频的，也可以是单天线/单射频的，该天线/射频用于发送/接收数据分组。一种实现中，AP的天线或射频部分可以与AP的主体部分分离，呈拉远布局的结构。图2a中，AP可以包括物理层处理电路和媒体接入控制处理电路，物理层处理电路可以用于处理物理层信号，MAC层处理电路可以用于处理MAC层信号。另一个示例中，参见图2b，图2b是本申请实施例提供的站点的结构示意图。图2b示出了单个天线/射频的STA结构示意图，实际场景中，STA也可以是多天线/多射频的，并且可以是两个以上天线的设备，该天线/射频用于发送/接收数据分组。一种实现中，STA的天线或射频部分可以与STA的主体部分分离，呈拉远布局的结构。图2b中，STA可以包括PHY处理电路和MAC处理电路，物理层处理电路可以用于处理物理层信号，MAC层处理电路可以用于处理MAC层信号。
上述内容简要阐述了本申请实施例的系统架构，为更好地理解本申请实施例的技术方案，下面将介绍与本申请实施例相关的几个内容。
1、802.11ac中的信道探测
802.11ac标准又称为非常高吞吐率(Very High Throughput，VHT)标准。下文将支持802.11ac标准而不支持802.11ax标准的站点简称为VHT站点。参见图3，图3是802.11ac中的信道探测流程示意图。如图3所示，AP(作为信道探测的发起者，可以称为Beamformer，简称BFer)发送空数据分组声明(null data packet announcement，NDPA)帧，通知需要进行信道探测的STA(作为信道探测的响应者，可以称为Beamformee，BFee)，及相关信道探测的参数。然后AP在间隔一个短帧间间隔(short inter-frame space，SIFS)后，发送空数据分组(null data packet，NDP)。STA通过NDP进行信道估计，然后通过波束成形报告(Beamforming Report，BF Report)反馈信道状态信息(Channel State Information，CSI)。然后，AP可以通过发送波束成型报告轮询(BF Report Poll)帧向某个STA索取尚未反馈或者反馈错误的信道状态信息。应理解，NDP指代一个没有数据字段部分，且不携带MAC帧的数据分组。
下面讲述图3中的部分帧的帧结构。首先讲述NDPA帧，NDPA帧在不同的标准中会存在不同的变种(Variant)，802.11ac中的NDPA帧通常称为VHT NDPA帧。NDPA帧的帧控制字段中存在帧类型和子类型子字段，来指示该帧为NDPA帧(帧类型设置为01，为控制帧；子类型设置为0101，为控制帧中的NDPA帧)。参见图4，图4是VHT NDPA帧的帧结构示意图。如图4所示，VHT NDPA帧中的探测对话令牌(Sounding Dialog Token)字段用于索引信道探测的序号。VHT NDPA帧还包含一个或多个STA的站点信息(STA information)字段，每个站点信息字段的长度为2字节。每个站点信息字段中包含站点关联标识11(Association Identifier 11，AID11)子字段，反馈类型(Feedback Type)子字段，以及列数(Number of columns，Nc)索引子字段。AID11子字段分别用来标识关联的站点，也就是说，AID11用于指示需要进行信道探测的STA。反馈类型子字段用于指示反馈为单用户还是多用户反馈。列数索引子字段用于指示反馈的列数。此外，在VHT NDPA帧中还包括MAC帧通常所包括的帧控制(Frame Control，FC)字段、接收地址(Receiving Address，RA)字段以及发送地址(Transmitting Address，TA)字段等，RA字段和TA字段分别用于标识MAC帧的接收端和发送端。
波束成形报告帧是一种无需确认动作(Action no ACK)的帧。该帧可以包括表1所示的各项内容。
表1
Figure PCTCN2021135839-appb-000001
其中，类别用于指示该无需确认动作帧的类别，VHT Action指示子类别，VHT MIMO Control用于指示后续波束成型报告的参数信息，VHT压缩波束成型报告和多用户独家波束成型报告中包含了相应的信道状态反馈信息。
参见图5，图5是VHT MIMO控制字段的帧结构示意图。如图5所示，VHT MIMO控制字段中包括剩余反馈分配(remaining feedback segment)子字段，用于指示站点自己尚未反馈的波束成形报告分片数目。
2、802.11ax中的信道探测
802.11ax中，保留了802.11ac的单用户信道探测流程。参见图6a，图6a是802.11ax中单用户/STA的信道探测流程示意图。如图6a所示，AP发送高效(high efficient，HE)NDPA帧(802.11ax中的NDPA帧通常称为HE NDPA帧)，通知需要进行信道探测的STA，及相关信道探测的参数。接着AP在间隔一个SIFS后，发送HE NDP。STA通过HE NDP进行信道估计，然后通过波束成形报告反馈CSI。可选的，如果STA无法一次将所有的波束成形报告反馈给AP，则需要将整个波束成形报告分成最多8个分片(Segment)，每次进行反馈时会向AP反馈自己还有几个分片没有反馈。所以，AP还可以通过发送波束成形报告轮询(BF Report Poll，BFRP)触发帧向STA索取尚未反馈完成的波束成形报告分片。
为了进一步提高信道探测的效率，802.11ax在信道探测过程中引入了基于触发(Trigger)帧的多用户上行传输的机制，即AP通过发送触发帧，触发多个STA同时进行上行多用户传输。具体地，参见图6b，图6b是802.11ax中多用户/STA的信道探测流程示意图。如图6b所示，AP发送HE NDPA帧通知需要进行信道探测的STA(如图6b的STA1、STA2以及STA3)，及相关信道探测的参数。接着AP在间隔一个SIFS后，发送HE NDP。然后，AP在间隔一个SIFS后，发送BFRP触发帧，触发需要进行信道探测的多个STA同时/并行反馈波束成形报告。再间隔一个SIFS后，需要进行信道探测的STA分别同时/并行向AP反馈波束成形报告。可选的，AP可以通过再次发送BFRP触发帧向STA索取反馈错误的信道状态信息。
可选的，HE NDPA帧沿用VHT NDPA帧的类型和子类型。参见图7，图7是HE NDPA帧的帧结构示意图。如图7所示，相比于VHT NDPA帧，HE NDPA帧中的站点信息字段扩展为4字节，引入了部分带宽信息(Partial BW Info，Partial Bandwidth Information)子字段，用于指示STA反馈部分带宽的信道状态信息，反馈的部分由资源单元(Resource Unit，RU)的起始索引(Start Index)到资源单元的结束索引(End Index)，指示连续的一段RU。因为802.11ax最大支持的带宽为160MHz，由74个26-tone RU(26个子载波的资源单元)组成。所以，需要7比特来指示反馈部分带宽的CSI是从74个26-tone RU中的哪一个开始，另外7比特指示反馈部分带宽的CSI是74个26-tone RU中的哪一个作为结束。换句话说，部分带宽信息子字段中的RU开始索引子字段指示HE Beamformer请求反馈的第一个26-tone RU，RU结束索引子字段指示请求反馈的最后一个26-tone RU(The RU Start Index subfield in the Partial BW Info subfield indicates the first 26-tone RU for which the HE beamformer is requesting feedback.The RU End Index subfield of the Partial BW Info subfield indicates the last 26-tone RU for which the HE beamformer is requesting feedback.)。应理解，RU开始索引子字段的值小于或等于RU结束索引子字段的值(The value of the RU Start Index subfield is less than or equal to the value of the RU End Index subfield.)。
其中，站点信息字段中的反馈类型和分组数(Number of grouping，Ng)子字段用于指示反馈为单用户还是多用户反馈，以及反馈的分组数。分组数(Ng)表示多少个子载波被分成一组，该组子载波只需要统一反馈信道状态信息即可，用于减少反馈的压缩。码本尺寸(codebook size)子字段用于指示量化的精准度，不同的精准度对应不同的开销。列数(Nc)子字段用于指示反馈波束成形矩阵的列数。由于802.11ax中，STA侧最多定义了8根天线，最多支持8个数据流。所以需要3比特来指示反馈的列数为从1到8的某一个值。
可选的，参见图8，图8是HE NDP的帧结构示意图。如图8所示，HE NDP中包括传统短训练序列字段、传统长训练序列字段、传统信令字段、重复传统信令字段、高效信令字 段A、HE短训练序列字段、HE长训练序列字段，以及数据包扩展字段。
可选的，802.11ax中携带信道状态信息的帧叫做高效压缩波束成型和信道状态信息报告(HE compressed beamforming and CQI report)帧，本文均简称为波束成形报告，其包含HE多输入多输出(Multiple Input Multiple Output，MIMO)字段和波束成形报告字段。参见图9，图9是HE MIMO字段的帧结构示意图。如图9所示，HE MIMO字段中包括剩余反馈分配(remaining feedback segment)子字段，用于指示站点自己尚未反馈的波束成形报告分片数目。HE MIMO字段中还包括RU开始索引和RU结束索引，用于指示本次反馈的波束成形报告分片是从74个26-tone RU中哪一个开始，哪一个结束。可选的，802.11ax的HE compressed beamforming and CQI report帧除了反馈CSI之外，还可以反馈信道质量信息(Channel Quality Information，CQI)，其只包含信噪比的信息。
3、802.11az中的信道探测
802.11az标准用于进行测距(Ranging)，802.11az中的NDPA帧称为Ranging NDPA帧，其延用VHT NDPA帧的类型和子类型，并且同HE NDPA帧的帧格式类似，站点信息字段为4字节。Ranging NDPA帧的具体帧格式这里不再赘述。
综上可知，由于NDPA帧在不同的标准中会存在不同的变种(Variant)，而每一代新的802.11标准会兼容上一代802.11标准，所以在接收端需要进行不同变种的区分。下面讲述NDPA帧的发送端如何通过指示，让接收端区分不同标准的NDPA帧，以及如何防止老版本的STA误读新版本的NDPA帧。
具体地，VHT标准阶段，因为只存在一种变种的NDPA帧(即只存在VHT NDPA帧)，所以VHT站点不需要区分是哪一个变种的NDPA帧。在HE标准阶段，在NDPA帧的1字节探测对话令牌字段的第二个比特引入HE指示，用于指示该NDPA帧是否为HE NDPA帧。该比特用于区分是VHT NDPA帧还是HE NDPA帧。HE站点由于可以同时读懂两种类型的NDPA帧，所以可以通过探测对话令牌字段的第二个比特的指示识别是VHT NDPA帧还是HE NDPA帧。而对于VHT站点，它不会去区分，会将HE NDPA帧理解为VHT NDPA帧。
在802.11az标准阶段，即Ranging标准阶段，在1字节探测对话令牌字段的第一个比特引入Ranging(测距)指示，用于指示该NDPA帧是否为Ranging NDPA帧。对于支持Ranging标准的站点，会同时根据探测对话令牌字段的第一个比特和第二个比特去区分该NDPA帧是VHT NDPA帧、HE NDPA帧、Ranging NDPA帧中的哪一种。对于VHT站点，它仍然不会去区分，会将Ranging NDPA帧理解为VHT NDPA帧。对于HE站点，它不会识别该NDPA帧是否为Ranging NDPA帧，只会通过探测对话令牌字段的第二比特去识别是VHT NDPA帧还是HE NDPA帧。参见图10，图10是NDPA帧中探测对话令牌字段的帧结构示意图。如图10所示，探测对话令牌字段包括1比特的测距子字段和1比特的高效子字段。参见下述表2，表2示出了探测对话令牌字段的第一个比特(Ranging子字段)和第二个比特(HE子字段)的取值与含义的对应关系。如表2所示，当探测对话令牌字段的前两个比特取值为“00”时，表示VHT NDPA帧；当探测对话令牌字段的前两个比特取值为“01”时，表示HE NDPA帧；当探测对话令牌字段的前两个比特取值为“10”时，表示Ranging NDPA帧；探测对话令牌字段的前两个比特取值为“11”时，未定义。因此，由表2可知，HE站点会将一个Ranging NDPA帧看成是一个VHT NDPA帧。
表2
Ranging(测距) HE(高效) Variant(变种)
0 0 VHT
0 1 HE
1 0 Ranging
1 1 未定义
应理解，STA可以通过NDPA帧的站点信息字段中的关联标识来识别接收到的NDPA帧是否是发给自己的。由于老版本的STA不会识别新的NDPA帧变种(比如，VHT站点会把HE NDPA帧或Ranging NDPA帧理解为VHT NDPA帧)，因此需要防止老版本的STA将新变种的NDPA帧的一部分误认为是发给自己的。如果发生误读，老版本的STA会进行不必要的信道信息的计算，造成缓存资源的浪费，并且耗电。以VHT站点读取一个HE NDPA帧为例，参见图11，图11是VHT站点读取HE NDPA帧的示意图。如图11所示，VHT站点会将HE NDPA帧中一个4字节的站点信息字段的第3字节和第4字节，视为一个VHT NDPA帧的第二个站点信息字段，并且会将其中的前12比特信息，视为一个12比特的关联标识子字段。如果部分带宽信息子字段中的后9比特+2比特的反馈类型和分组子字段+1比特的消歧比特刚好与某一个VHT站点的AID相同，则VHT站点会发生误读。所以，HE NDPA帧中引入消歧比特，并强制要求其取值为1。这是因为该比特对应一个12比特AID的最重要比特(即最高位)。当AID的最高位为1时，AID＝2048，此时VHT STA会将该12比特读成一个大于2047的AID。而802.11标准中没有定义过大于2047的AID，所以VHT STA会把这个大于2047的AID认为是另外一个STA的AID，因此不会发生误读。也正因为802.11标准还没有定义过大于2047的AID，所以HE NDPA帧将关联标识的比特数缩减到为11比特，将节省的1比特作为消歧子字段，用于传递信息。
对于Ranging NDPA帧，其站点信息字段同HE NDPA帧的站点信息字段一致，长度均为4字节，同时引入了消歧比特，防止VHT STA误读。对于HE STA，因为HE NDPA帧和Ranging NDPA帧关联标识的信息相同，但信道探测的发送端不会将一个Ranging NDPA帧发送给不支持Ranging标准的HE STA，因此也不会发生误读。
虽然802.11ac、802.11ax、以及802.11az标准都对NDPA帧的变种进行了区分，但未考虑EHT NDPA帧的设计，如何支持更大带宽，更多流数的信道探测，并且欺骗之前3种老用户(即VHT站点、HE站点以及支持802.11az标准的站点)。另外，EHT标准中允许在不同频域分片上同时/并行传输不同代标准的物理层协议数据单元(physical protocol data unit，PPDU)，即在多个频域分片上传输聚合PPDU(aggregate physical protocol data unit，A-PPDU)。参见图12，图12是聚合PPDU的示意图。如图12所示，在一个80MHz的频域分片上传输EHT格式的子PPDU(sub-PPDU1)，在一个160MHz的频域分片上传输HE格式的子PPDU(sub-PPDU2)，该80MHz的频域分片和该160MHz的频域分片在频率上不重叠。因此，在A-PPDU机制下，HE站点、EHT站点、以及支持EHT标准的下一代标准(本文将EHT标准的下一代标准称为EHT加，即EHT plus，简称为EHT+)的站点可以同时在正交的资源块上传输数据，所以需要同时完成HE站点、EHT站点以及EHT+站点(本文的EHT+站点指支持EHT+标准及其之前的802.11标准的站点)的信道探测。
一种实现方式中，EHT标准中为了让EHT站点能够进行信道探测，将NDPA帧的探测对话令牌字段的前2个比特均置为1(即表2中Ragnging＝1且HE＝1)，来表示EHT NDPA帧，并且定义了EHT NDPA的帧结构来进行EHT站点的信道测量。参见图13，图13是EHT  NDP的帧结构示意图。如图13所示，EHT NDP中包括传统短训练序列字段、传统长训练序列字段、传统信令字段、重复传统信令字段、通用信令字段、EHT信令字段、EHT短训练序列字段、EHT长训练序列字段，以及数据包扩展字段。EHT NDP中不包含数据字段。
该实现方式中，一方面，因为探测对话令牌字段的前2个比特均置为1，所以HE站点会判断这是一个未定义的状态，就会停止对后续内容的解析，从而无法参与后续的信道探测，也就是说，这种NDPA帧只能用于通知EHT站点进行信道探测，无法通知HE站点和EHT站点同时/并行进行信道探测。另一方面，即使HE站点能够按照HE协议格式去解析后续的站点信息字段，由于图13所示的EHT NDP与图8所示的HE NDP相比，EHT NDP中多了一个EHT信令字段，从而使得EHT NDP不能与HE NDP在时间上对齐。这种情况下，同时发送两种NDP(即EHT NDP和HE NDP)进行信道探测会带来干扰，故不能同时进行HE站点和EHT站点的信道探测。
因此，本申请实施例提供一种信道探测方法，可以通知HE站点、EHT站点、以及EHT+站点同时进行信道探测，以支持聚合包传输时的波束成形。
本申请实施例提供的技术方案，将NDPA帧中探测对话令牌字段统一按照HE格式指示，即探测对话令牌字段的第1个比特置为0，第2个比特置为1，用于指示这个NDPA帧中包括至少两类站点信息字段。HE站点按照传统的HE格式解析站点信息字段。EHT站点/EHT+站点通过站点信息字段中AID11子字段后相邻的14比特判断解析该聚合NDPA帧的格式是EHT格式、EHT+格式、HE格式中的哪种，并按照相应的格式解析该站点信息字段。这样，就可以用一个NDPA帧来同时通知HE站点、EHT站点、以及EHT+站点进行信道探测。在NDPA帧之后，发送HE NDP，以使所有类型的站点都根据HE NDP来进行信道探测(或信道估计)，并按照自己的站点信息字段的指示反馈信道探测结果。
下面将结合更多的附图对本申请提供的技术方案进行详细说明。
本申请提供的技术方案通过两个实施例来详细说明。其中，实施例一阐述在一个NDPA帧中包括两类站点信息字段，并将该NDPA帧中探测对话令牌字段的Ragnging比特置0且HE比特置1，用于通知HE站点和EHT站点这两类站点分别进行信道探测。实施例二阐述在一个NDPA帧中包括三类站点信息字段，并将该NDPA帧中探测对话令牌字段的Ragnging比特置0且HE比特置1，用于通知HE站点、EHT站点以及EHT+站点这三类站点分别进行信道探测。
可理解的，本申请中的AP和STA既可以是单链路设备，也可以是多链路设备中的一个功能实体或功能单元，比如本申请中的AP是AP多链路设备中的某个AP，STA是站点多链路设备中的某个STA，本申请对此不做限定。
可理解的，下文以一个AP与多个STA组成的通信系统为例，对本申请提供的方法进行阐述。其中，该AP至少支持802.11be协议(或称为Wi-Fi 7，EHT协议)，还可以支持其他WLAN通信协议，如802.11ax，802.11ac等协议。该多个STA中存在至少一个STA支持802.11be协议(即存在至少一个EHT站点)，和至少一个STA支持802.11ax协议(即存在至少一个HE站点)。应理解，本申请中的AP和STA还可以支持802.11be的下一代协议。也就是说，本申请提供的方法不仅适用于802.11be协议，还可以适用于802.11be的下一代协议。
应理解，本申请实施例中的接入点仅是信道探测的发起者(即Beamformer)的一个示例，在实际应用中，Beamformer可以是其他设备，本申请实施例对此不做限定。同理，本申请实施例中的站点(如第一站点和第二站点)也仅是信道探测的响应者(即Beamformee)的一个 示例，在实际应用中，Beamformee可以是其他设备，本申请实施例对此不做限定。
还应理解，本申请中的第一站点为HE站点，第二站点为EHT站点，第三站点为EHT+站点。其中，HE站点是支持802.11ax标准而不支持802.11be标准的站点，EHT站点是支持802.11be标准的站点，EHT+站点是支持802.11be的下一代标准的站点。
实施例一
本申请实施例一主要介绍如何对HE站点和EHT站点同时进行信道测量，以支持聚合包传输时的波束成形。
参见图14，图14是本申请实施例提供的信道探测方法的一示意流程图。如图14所示，该信道探测方法包括但不限于以下步骤：
S101，接入点生成空数据分组声明NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式。
S102，接入点发送该NDPA帧。相应地，第一站点和第二站点接收该NDPA帧。
具体地，接入点生成并发送NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，用于指示该NDPA帧包括两类站点信息字段。其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式。相应地，第一站点和第二站点接收该NDPA帧。该第一站点为HE站点，该第二站点为EHT站点。可选的，本申请实施例中的“NDPA帧”可以以聚合PPDU的形式存在，也可称为聚合NDPA帧，其在物理层可以既包含HE格式的子PPDU也包含EHT格式的子PPDU。
应理解，上述第一类站点信息字段可以指发送给HE站点的站点信息字段(该站点信息字段的格式只能是HE格式，因为HE站点只支持802.11ax标准)，上述第二类站点信息字段可以指发送给EHT站点的站点信息字段(该站点信息字段既可能是EHT格式，也可能是HE格式，因为EHT站点既支持802.11ax标准，也支持802.11be标准)。
其中，上述NDPA帧的帧结构可以参考前述图10所示。该NDPA帧中每个站点信息字段的长度为4字节。该第一指示信息为NDPA帧的探测对话令牌字段中取值为0的B0和取值为1的B1，用于指示NDPA帧包括两类站点信息字段。另一方面，该NDPA帧中探测对话令牌字段的Ranging比特(即探测对话令牌字段的第1个比特)置0，HE比特(即探测对话令牌字段的第2个比特)置1，以使HE站点将该NDPA帧视为是HE NDPA帧，从而支持HE站点解析该NDPA帧。
可选的，上述第一类站点信息字段中的每个第一站点信息字段沿用802.11ax标准中结构，参考前述图7中站点信息字段的帧结构，在此不再赘述。该第一站点信息字段中，11比特的AID11子字段用于标识关联的站点，部分带宽信息子字段中的RU开始索引子字段和RU结束索引子字段，分别用于指示需要反馈的探测结果的26RU的起始位置和结束位置。因为802.11ax标准支持的最大带宽为160MHz，160MHz带宽内包括74个26RU，所以RU Start index和RU end index的取值范围都在0至73之间，74至127之间的取值是预留状态。应理解，该第一类站点信息字段中包括一个或多个第一站点信息字段(或称为HE站点信息字段，其格式为HE格式)，这些第一站点信息字段的格式都是HE格式，即均沿用802.11ax标准中结构。
应理解，EHT标准中将不同数量的子载波合并在一起组成一个资源块。参见图15，图 15是802.11be标准中80MHz带宽下的载波规划(tone plan)示意图。如图15所示，如果80MHz带宽内所有子载波都划分为一个RU，就形成了一个996RU，其包含996个子载波。80MHz带宽也可以划分更多的RU，例如，将80MHz带宽划分为2个484RU，其每个RU内包含484个子载波；也可以将80MHz带宽划分为4个，或8个106RU，或者16个52RU，又或者36个26RU。还应理解，160MHz和320MHz带宽内每个80MHz带宽内的子载波都按照同样的方式来划分。
可选的，上述第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，用于指示这个第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式。其中，第一格式是HE格式，第二格式是EHT格式；或者第一格式是HE格式，第二格式是EHT下一代协议格式；或者第一格式是EHT格式，第二格式是EHT下一代协议格式。本申请实施例以第一格式为HE格式，第二格式为EHT格式为例进行说明。
应理解，第二类站点信息字段包括一个或多个第二站点信息字段，一个第二站点信息字段中包括一个第二指示信息，这个第二指示信息只指示本第二站点信息字段的格式是哪种格式。
因为第一类站点信息字段中RU Start index和RU end index的取值范围都在0-73之间且RU Start index小于RU end index，所以可以利用RU Start index和RU end index的取值和大小特性来设计第二类站点信息字段。下面以第二类站点信息字段中的任一个第二站点信息字段为例，对第二类站点信息字段的实现方式进行详细说明。应理解，下述实现方式可应用于第二类站点信息字段的每个第二站点信息字段中。
一种实现方式中，在第二站点信息字段中，将RU end index的最高位的2比特(也就是该第二站点信息字段的B23和B24，应理解，这里的B23和B24就是上述第二指示信息)都置1(此时，如果按照HE格式解析该第二站点信息字段，则RU end index大于或等于96，不再符合HE站点的指示规则)，用于指示该第二站点信息字段的格式是EHT格式。换句话说，EHT站点应该按照EHT格式解析该第二站点信息字段。可选的，当该第二站点信息字段的B23和B24不全为1时(即B23和B24的取值为“01”或“10”或“00”)，指示该第二站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，换句话说，EHT站点应该按照HE格式解析该第二站点信息字段。
其中，如果第二站点信息字段中的B23和B24指示该第二站点信息字段的格式是EHT格式，则该第二站点信息字段可称为EHT站点信息字段，表示其格式为EHT格式。如果第二站点信息字段中的B23和B24指示该第二站点信息字段的格式是HE格式，则该第二站点信息字段可称为HE站点信息字段，表示其格式为HE格式，其沿用802.11ax标准中站点信息字段结构，可参考前述图7中站点信息字段的帧结构，在此不再赘述。应理解，第二类站点信息字段中可能既包括EHT站点信息字段，也包括HE站点信息字段；或者第二类站点信息字段只包括EHT站点信息字段；或者第二类站点信息字段只包括HE站点信息字段。
参见图16a，图16a是本申请实施例提供的EHT站点信息字段的一示意图。如图16a所示，EHT站点信息字段中包括AID11子字段、RU分配子字段、预留字段、码本尺寸子字段、版本信息子字段、反馈类型和分组数子字段、消歧子字段、列数子字段中的一项或多项。
AID11子字段的长度为11比特，具体为EHT站点信息字段的B0至B10。该AID11子字段用于标识关联的站点，或用于标识需要进行信道探测的站点。
RU分配子字段的长度为7至9比特，其起始比特为EHT站点信息字段的B11，其最大的结束比特为EHT站点信息字段的B19。该RU分配子字段用来指示所需反馈的信道探测结 果的RU。应理解，由于图16a中的RU分配子字段的长度只有7到9比特，不能按照26RU粒度的方式来指示资源块，考虑以更大粒度的资源块为单位进行指示，比如，以242RU为单位指示。
预留字段的长度为2至4比特，其结束比特为EHT站点信息字段的B21，表示预留。该预留字段的长度与RU分配子字段的长度之和等于11，也就是说，如果RU分配子字段的长度为7比特，预留字段的长度就为4比特；如果RU分配子字段的长度为9比特，预留字段的长度就为2比特；如果RU分配子字段的长度为8比特，预留字段的长度就为3比特。
码本尺寸子字段的长度为1比特，具体为EHT站点信息字段的B22。反馈类型和分组数子字段的长度为2比特，具体为EHT站点信息字段的B25和B26。该1比特的码本尺寸子字段和2比特的反馈类型和分组数子字段一起联合指示反馈波束成形矩阵的量化比特、子载波合并个数以及反馈内容等联合信息。
版本信息子字段(上述第二指示信息携带于该字段)的长度为2比特，具体为EHT站点信息字段的B23和B24。该2比特的版本信息子字段，用来指示这个站点信息字段的格式是HE格式还是EHT格式。本申请实施例中2比特的版本信息子字段的取值为11。
消歧子字段的长度为1比特，具体为EHT站点信息字段的B27。该1比特的消歧子字段，取值为1，用于使VHT站点避免误读该站点信息字段的内容。
列数子字段的长度为4比特，具体为EHT站点信息字段的B28至B31。该列数子字段用来指示反馈波束成型矩阵的列数。由于EHT标准中最大支持16个空间流，所以列数子字段需要采用4比特，指示反馈的列数是从1到16的某一个值。
应理解，图16a中各个字段的名称仅是示意，在实际中，可以用其他名称替换，本申请实施例不做限定。
另一种实现方式中，在第二站点信息字段中，将RU Start index的最高比特位(也就是该第二站点信息字段的B17)置1且RU end index的最高比特位(也就是该第二站点信息字段的B24)置0(此时，如果按照HE格式解析该第二站点信息字段，则RU start index大于或等于RU end index，不再符合HE站点的指示规则)，用于指示该第二站点信息字段的格式是EHT格式，换句话说，EHT站点应该按照EHT格式解析该第二站点信息字段。可选的，当该第二站点信息字段的B17的取值不为1，或B24的取值不为0时(即B17和B24的取值为“01”或“11”或“00”)，指示该第二站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，换句话说，EHT站点应该按照HE格式解析该第二站点信息字段。
可见，本申请实施例根据RU Start index和RU end index对不同格式(HE格式和EHT格式)的站点信息字段进行区分，从而使得各种不同类型的站点可以正确解读各自的站点信息字段，获得各自的信道探测参数。
其中，如果第二站点信息字段中的B17和B24指示该第二站点信息字段的格式是EHT格式，则该第二站点信息字段可称为EHT站点信息字段，表示其格式为EHT格式。如果第二站点信息字段中的B17和B24指示该第二站点信息字段的格式是HE格式，则该第二站点信息字段可称为HE站点信息字段，表示其格式为HE格式，其沿用802.11ax标准中站点信息字段结构，可参考前述图7中站点信息字段的帧结构，在此不再赘述。应理解，第二类站点信息字段中可能既包括EHT站点信息字段，也包括HE站点信息字段；或者第二类站点信息字段只包括EHT站点信息字段；或者第二类站点信息字段只包括HE站点信息字段。
参见图16b，图16b是本申请实施例提供的EHT站点信息字段的另一示意图。如图16b所示，EHT站点的站点信息字段中包括AID11子字段、RU分配1子字段、RU分配1子字 段(或第一RU分配子字段)、版本信息1子字段(或第一版本信息子字段)、RU分配2子字段(或第二RU分配子字段)、预留字段、码本尺寸子字段、版本信息2子字段(或第二版本信息子字段)、反馈类型和分组数子字段、消歧子字段、列数子字段中的一项或多项。
AID11子字段的长度为11比特，具体为EHT站点信息字段的B0至B10。该AID11子字段用于标识关联的站点，或用于标识需要进行信道探测的站点。
RU分配1子字段(或第一RU分配子字段)的长度为6比特，具体为EHT站点信息字段的B11至B16。RU分配2子字段(或第二RU分配子字段)的长度为1至3比特，其起始比特为EHT站点信息字段的B18，其最大的结束比特为EHT站点信息字段的B20。该RU分配1子字段(或第一RU分配子字段)和该RU分配2子字段(或第二RU分配子字段)用于联合指示反馈信道探测结果的RU。应理解，由于图16b中的RU分配1子字段和RU分配2子字段的长度总和只有7到9比特，不能按照26RU粒度的方式来指示资源块，考虑以更大粒度的资源块为单位进行指示，比如，以242RU为单位指示。
版本信息1子字段(或第一版本信息子字段)的长度为1比特，具体为EHT站点信息字段的B17。版本信息2字段(或第二版本信息子字段)的长度为1比特，具体为EHT站点信息字段的B24。该1比特的版本信息1子字段(或第一版本信息子字段)和1比特的版本信息2字段(或第二版本信息子字段)用于联合指示这个站点信息字的格式是HE格式还是EHT格式。本申请实施例中版本信息1子字段(或第一版本信息子字段，即B17)的取值为1，版本信息2字段(或第二版本信息子字段，即B24)的取值为0。可理解的，上述第二指示信息携带于版本信息1子字段(或第一版本信息子字段)和版本信息2字段(或第二版本信息子字段)这2个子字段中。
预留字段的长度为2至4比特，其结束比特为EHT站点信息字段的B22，表示预留。该预留字段的长度与RU分配2子字段(或第二RU分配子字段)的长度之和等于5，也就是说，如果RU分配2子字段的长度为1比特，预留字段的长度就为4比特；如果RU分配子字段的长度为3比特，预留字段的长度就为2比特；如果RU分配子字段的长度为2比特，预留字段的长度就为3比特。
码本尺寸子字段的长度为1比特，具体为EHT站点信息字段的B23。反馈类型和分组数子字段的长度为2比特，具体为EHT站点信息字段的B25和B26。该1比特的码本尺寸子字段和2比特的反馈类型和分组数子字段一起联合指示反馈波束成形矩阵的量化比特、子载波合并个数以及反馈内容等联合信息。
消歧子字段的长度为1比特，具体为EHT站点信息字段的B27。该1比特的消歧子字段，取值为1，用于使VHT站点避免误读该站点信息字段的内容。
列数子字段的长度为4比特，具体为站点信息字段的B28至B31。该列数子字段用来指示反馈波束成型矩阵的列数。由于EHT标准中最大支持16个空间流，所以列数子字段需要采用4比特，指示反馈的列数是从1到16的某一个值。
应理解，图16b中各个字段的名称仅是示意，在实际中，可以用其他名称替换，本申请实施例不做限定。
可见，本申请实施例通过将站点信息字段中的B17置1且B24置0，或者将站点信息字段中的B23和B24都置为1，用于指示这个站点信息字段的格式是EHT格式；另外，通过将NDPA帧中探测对话令牌字段的Ranging比特置0且HE比特置1，用于指示该NDPA帧中包括两类站点信息字段，以使该NDPA帧可以通知HE站点进行信道测量，可以实现HE站点和EHT站点的同时信道探测，以支持聚合包传输时的波束成形。
S103，第一站点确定该NDPA帧中某个第一站点信息字段的关联标识与第一站点的关联标识相同，并按照HE格式解析该某个第一站点信息字段。
具体地，因为该NDPA帧中探测对话令牌字段的Ranging比特(即探测对话令牌字段的第1个比特)置0，且HE比特(即探测对话令牌字段的第2个比特)置1，所以第一站点(即HE站点)会将该NDPA帧视为是HE NDPA帧。因此，第一站点在该NDPA帧中查找与自己的关联标识匹配的站点信息字段，并按照HE格式解析自己的站点信息字段。
应理解，虽然上述第一指示信息(即探测对话令牌字段中取值为0的B0和取值为1的B1)用于指示上述NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，但对于HE站点来说，仍然会将该NDPA帧视为是HE NDPA帧。也就是说，对于HE站点而言，本申请实施例中第一指示信息(即探测对话令牌字段中取值为0的B0和取值为1的B1)的含义仍然按照802.11ax标准的解释，即HE站点认为这个第一指示信息是用于指示这个NDPA帧是HE NDPA帧。
S104，第二站点根据该第一指示信息，确定该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段。
S105，若第二站点确定出该NDPA帧中某个第二站点信息字段中的关联标识与第二站点的关联标识相同，则第二站点根据该某个第二站点信息字段中的第二指示信息，确定出该某个第二站点信息字段的格式，并按照确定出的格式解析该某个第二站点信息字段。
具体地，第二站点(EHT站点)接收到上述NDPA帧之后，解析到该NDPA帧中的第一指示信息，确定该NDPA包含两类站点信息字段。第二站点再在该NDPA帧包括的站点信息字段中查找关联标识与自己的关联标识相同的站点信息字段。假设第二站点查找到某个第二站点信息字段的关联标识与自己的关联标识相同，第二站点根据该某个第二站点信息字段中的第二指示信息，判断该某个第二站点信息字段的格式，并按照判断出的格式解析自己的站点信息字段(即解析该某个第二站点信息字段)。
其中，第二站点判断该某个第二站点信息字段的格式的实现方式有两种。
第一种实现方式中，第二站点直接读取该某个第二站点信息字段的第二指示信息(即B23和B24，或者B17和B24)，判断该第二指示信息(即B23和B24，或者B17和B24)的取值。当B23和B24的取值为11，或者B17的取值为1且B24的取值为0时，确定该某个第二站点信息字段的格式为EHT格式(即第二格式)。
可选的，当B23和B24的取值为“10”或“01”或“00”时，确定该某个第二站点信息字段的格式为HE格式(即第一格式)。或者，当B17和B24的取值为“00”或“01”或“11”时，确定该某个第二站点信息字段的格式为HE格式(即第一格式)。
第二种实现方式中，第二站点将该某个第二站点信息字段中的B11至B24(共14比特)视为7比特的RU开始索引(RU start index)和7比特的RU结束索引(RU end index)，从而得到RU开始索引值和RU结束索引值。如果得到的该RU开始索引值大于或等于该RU结束索引值(一个示例，B17取值为1，B24取值为0时，RU start index一定大于或等于RU end index)，或该RU开始索引值大于73(一个示例，B16和B17取值为11时，RU start index一定大于73)，或者该RU结束索引值大于73(一个示例，B23和B24取值为11时，RU end index一定大于73)，则该第二站点确定该某个第二站点信息字段的格式为EHT格式(即第二格式)。这是因为按照HE格式解析出的RU开始索引值和RU结束索引值不满足802.11ax的规定，则可以确定按照HE格式解析该某个第二站点信息字段是错误的。
应理解的，由上述图16a和上述图16b所示的EHT站点信息字段可知，当EHT站点信息字段中的B23和第B24的取值均为1时，RU结束索引值一定大于73；当EHT站点信息 字段中的B17的取值为1且B24的取值为0时，RU开始索引值一定大于或等于RU结束索引值。换句话说，EHT站点信息字段中版本信息子字段(上述第二指示信息携带于该字段中)的取值为11时，按照HE格式解析出的RU end index一定大于73；或者EHT站点信息字段中版本信息1子字段的取值为1且版本信息2字段的取值为0(上述第二指示信息携带于这2个版本信息子字段中)时，按照HE格式解析出的RU start index一定大于或等于RU end index。
可选的，如果得到的该RU开始索引值小于该RU结束索引值，且该RU开始索引值和该RU结束索引值均小于或等于73，说明按照HE格式解析该某个第二站点信息字段是正确的，则第二站点确定该某个第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式(即HE格式)，并继续按照HE格式解析该某个第二站点信息字段中的后续子字段。
应理解，对于AP来说，AP在生成上述NDPA帧时，AP可以决定自己要通知哪种类型的站点，就将对应的站点信息字段设置为对应的格式。例如，AP想通知一个AID＝10的EHT站点时，它就将某一个站点信息字段中的AID11设置为10，该站点信息字段中的其他子字段按照上述图16a或上述图16b的格式设置。也就是说，在AP侧看来，EHT站点的站点信息字段(即上述第二类站点信息字段)为上述图16a或上述图16b的形式。然而，对于EHT站点来说，它既支持802.11ax标准，又支持802.11be标准，也就是说，EHT站点既可以采用HE解析该NDPA帧，也可以采用EHT解析该NDPA帧。所以EHT站点在解析该NDPA帧之前，它不知道该NDPA帧中与自己关联标识匹配的站点信息字段是按照何种格式设定的。因此，EHT站点接收到该NDPA帧后，先要判断应采用何种格式去解析与自己关联标识匹配的站点信息字段，再按照自己判断出的格式去解析自己的站点信息字段，以使自己能够正确解析，获得自己的信道探测参数。
应理解，本申请实施例对步骤S103和步骤S104-步骤S105的执行顺序不限定。例如，可以步骤S103在步骤S104-步骤S105之前执行，也可以步骤S103在步骤S104-步骤S105之后执行，还可以步骤S103和步骤S104-步骤S105同时/并行执行。
可选的，图14中的信道探测方法还包括以下一个或多个步骤：
S106，接入点发送空数据分组NDP。相应地，第一站点和第二站点接收该NDP。
具体地，如果上述NDP的带宽小于或等于160MHz，则接入点就在对应带宽上发送HE NDP。例如，假设接入点想要发一个160MHz带宽的NDP，接入点就在主160MHz信道上发送一个带宽为160MHz的HE NDP；假设接入点想要发一个80MHz带宽的NDP，接入点就在主80MHz信道上发送一个带宽为80MHz的HE NDP。如果上述NDP的带宽为320MHz，则接入点在主160MHz信道上发送带宽为160MHz的HE NDP，同时/并行在从160MHz信道上发送该HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的HE格式的NDP。也就是说，当带宽为320MHz时，接入点发送的NDP包括两部分，其中一部分是160MHz带宽的HE NDP，另一部分是这个160MHz带宽的HE NDP在频域分片上旋转一定系数后得到的HE格式的NDP。
可见，在带宽小于或等于160MHz时，接入点只发送一个HE格式的NDP，以使HE站点和EHT站点都能根据该HE NDP进行信道探测。在320MHz带宽下，在第一个160MHz频域分片(即主160MHz信道)上发送HE NDP，同时在第二个160MHz频域分片(即从160MHz信道)上发送经过相位旋转的HE格式的NDP，使得两个HE格式的NDP可以在时间上对齐，避免了干扰。
可选的，当采用2x模式的NDP时，对于320MHz带宽，其主160MHz信道上160MHz带宽的HE NDP中长训练序列字段(Long training field，LTF)的频域序列采用802.11ax定义 的序列，即：LTF2x_160＝[LTF80MHz_primary,zeros(1,23),LTF80MHz_secondary]。LTF2x_160表示160MHz带宽下2x模式的LTF序列。zeros(1,23)表示23个0。本申请实施例提及的“LTF序列”可以指LTF的频域序列，在本申请实施例中两者可以相互替换使用。
其中，LTF80MHz_primary＝[LTF80MHz_2x_part1，LTF80MHz_2x_part2，LTF80MHz_2x_part3，LTF80MHz_2x_part4，LTF80MHz_2x_part5]；
LTF80MHz_secondary＝[LTF80MHz_2x_part1，-LTF80MHz_2x_part2，LTF80MHz_2x_part3，LTF80MHz_2x_part4，-LTF80MHz_2x_part5]。
LTF80MHz_2x_part1＝[+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0]。
LTF80MHz_2x_part2＝[+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0]。
LTF80MHz_2x_part3＝[+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1]。
LTF80MHz_2x_part4＝[0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1, 0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1]。
LTF80MHz_2x_part5＝[0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,-1,0,-1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1,0,+1,0,-1,0,+1,0,+1]。
对于从160MHz信道，其上发送的160MHz带宽的HE格式的NDP中采用如下形式的LTF序列：LTF2x_160_second＝[-LTF80MHz_primary,zeros(1,23),LTF80MHz_secondary]。LTF2x_160_second表示第二个160MHz带宽下2x模式的LTF序列。zeros(1,23)表示连续23个0。可理解的，从160MHz信道上发送的2xLTF序列是主160MHz信道上发送的2xLTF序列旋转一定系数后得到。通过这种方式，可以使整个320MHz带宽上的峰均比较低。
可选的，320MHz带宽可以通过前导码打孔方式变为实际带宽240MHz。当采用前导码打孔方式发送NDP时，发送的HE格式的NDP可以采用如下的LTF序列：LTF2x_240＝[LTF80MHz_primary,zeros(1,23),LTF80MHz_secondary,zeros(1,23),-LTF80MHz_primary]。
应理解，2x模式是指NDP中的物理层子载波间隔为
Figure PCTCN2021135839-appb-000002
4x模式是指NDP中的物理层子载波间隔为
Figure PCTCN2021135839-appb-000003
可选的，当采用4x模式的NDP时，对于320MHz带宽，其主160MHz信道上160MHz带宽的HE NDP中LTF序列采用如下序列：LTF4x_160＝[LTF_80MHz_lower_4x,zeros(1,23),LTF_80MHz_upper_4x]。
其中，LTF_80MHz_lower_4x＝[LTF_80MHz_left_4x,0,LTF_80MHz_right_4x]；LTF_80MHz_upper_4x＝[LTF_80MHz_left_4x,0,-LTF_80MHz_right_4x]。
LTF_80MHz_left_4x＝[+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1, -1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,0,0]。
LTF_80MHz_right_4x＝[0,0,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,-1,-1,-1,+1,-1,-1,+1,+1,+1,-1,+1,+1,-1,-1,+1,-1,+1,-1,+1]。
对于从160MHz信道，其上发送的160MHz带宽的HE格式的NDP中的LTF序列是对主 160MHz信道上发送的4xLTF序列进行相位旋转后得到的，具体序列如下：LTF4x_160_second＝[-LTF_80MHz_lower_4x,zeros(1,23),LTF_80MHz_upper_4x]；或LTF4x_160_second＝[LTF_80MHz_lower_4x,zeros(1,23),-LTF_80MHz_upper_4x]。其中，LTF4x_160_second表示第二个160MHz带宽下4x模式的LTF序列。zeros(1,23)表示连续23个0。
可选的，320MHz带宽可以通过前导码打孔方式变为实际带宽240MHz。当采用前导码打孔方式发送NDP时，发送的HE格式的NDP可以采用如下的LTF序列：LTF4x_240＝[LTF_80MHz_lower_4x，zeros(1,23)，LTF_80MHz_upper_4x，zeros(1,23)，LTF_80MHz_lower_4x]；或
LTF4x_240＝[LTF_80MHz_lower_4x，zeros(1,23)，LTF_80MHz_upper_4x，zeros(1,23)，-LTF_80MHz_lower_4x]。
应理解，本申请实施例对步骤S103至步骤S106的执行顺序不限定。
S107，第一站点根据接收到的该NDP获取信道状态信息。
S108，第二站点根据接收到的该NDP获取信道状态信息。
具体地，第一站点和第二站点分别根据自己接收到的NDP进行信道估计(或信道测量)，得到信道状态信息，并可以根据自己的站点信息字段的指示生成相应的波束成形报告，每个波束成形报告中包括信道状态信息。
第一站点(HE站点)按照自己的站点信息字段(即上述某个第一站点信息字段)中各个子字段的指示，生成高效压缩波束成型和信道状态信息报告帧，其包含HE MIMO字段和波束成形报告字段，该HE MIMO字段可参考前述图9所示的结构。
第二站点(EHT站点)按照上述某个第二站点信息字段中各个子字段的指示，生成相应的波束成形报告。如果该某个第二站点信息字段的结构是图16a或图16b所示的结构，则第二站点生成EHT标准中规定的波束成形报告。
S109，接入点发送波束成形报告轮询BFRP触发帧，该BFRP触发帧用于触发第一站点和第二站点反馈波束成形报告。相应地，第一站点和第二站点接收该BFRP触发帧。
应理解，本申请实施例对步骤S107至步骤S109的执行顺序不限定。
S110，第一站点接收到该BFRP触发帧后，发送波束成形报告，该波束成形报告基于该某个第一站点信息字段的指示生成，该波束成形报告中携带信道状态信息。
S111，第二站点接收到该BFRP触发帧后，发送波束成形报告，该波束成形报告基于该某个第二站点信息字段的指示生成，该波束成形报告中携带信道状态信息。
具体地，第一站点和第二站点接收到该BFRP触发帧后，可以同时/并行地向接入点发送(或反馈)波束成形报告，或者轮流向接入点发送(或反馈)波束成形报告，各自的波束成形报告中包括各自的信道状态信息。可选的，该波束成形报告中还可以包括信道质量信息。可理解的，步骤S110和步骤S111可以同时或并行执行的。
可选的，实现第一站点和第二站点同时/并行发送波束成形报告的方式包括：第一站点和第二站点接收到该BFRP触发帧后，间隔一段相同的时间(比如一个SIFS)后，发送各自的波束成形报告。或者，在上述NDPA帧中指定站点反馈波束成形报告的时间，第一站点和第二站点在该NDPA帧指示的反馈时间到达时，发送各自的波束成形报告。
为更好地理解本申请实施例提供的信道探测方法的流程，下面介绍一个具体的示例。一个示例中，参见图17，图17是本申请实施例提供的信道探测方法的一时序示意图。如图17所示，AP发送聚合的NDPA帧，并在间隔一个SIFS后发送HE格式的NDP，再在间隔一个 SIFS后发送BRP触发帧。HE STA、EHT STA分别在间隔一个SIFS后反馈波束成形报告。
可见，本申请实施例一方面，通过将站点信息字段中的B17置1且B24置0，或者将站点信息字段中的B23和B24都置为1，用于指示这个站点信息字段的格式是HE格式还是EHT格式；又通过将NDPA帧中探测对话令牌字段的Ranging比特置0且HE比特置1，以使该NDPA帧可以通知HE站点进行信道测量，可以实现HE站点和EHT站点的同时信道探测，以支持聚合包传输时的波束成形。另一方面，本申请实施例通过统一发送HE格式的NDP，可以解决不同种类的NDP无法在时间上对齐的问题(即HE NDP和EHT NDP在时间上无法对齐的情况)，从而避免信道测量时的干扰。
实施例二
本申请实施例二主要介绍如何对HE站点、EHT站点、EHT+站点同时进行信道测量，以支持聚合包传输时的波束成形。
参见图18，图18是本申请实施例提供的信道探测方法的另一示意流程图。如图18所示，该信道探测方法包括但不限于以下步骤：
S201，接入点生成空数据分组声明NDPA帧，NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式，第三类站点信息字段中的每个第三站点信息字段包含第三指示信息，第三指示信息用于指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式。
S202，接入点发送该NDPA帧。相应地，第一站点、第二站点以及第三站点接收该NDPA帧。
具体地，接入点生成并发送NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，用于指示该NDPA帧包括两类站点信息字段。其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式；第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式；第三类站点信息字段中的每个第三站点信息字段包含第三指示信息，用于指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式。相应地，第一站点、第二站点以及第三站点接收该NDPA帧。该第一站点为HE站点，该第二站点为EHT站点，该第三站点为EHT+站点。上述第一格式为HE格式，上述第二格式为EHT格式，上述第三格式为EHT+格式。
应理解，上述第一类站点信息字段可以指发送给HE站点的站点信息字段(该站点信息字段的格式只能是HE格式，因为HE站点只支持802.11ax标准)。上述第二类站点信息字段可以指发送给EHT站点的站点信息字段(该站点信息字段既可能是EHT格式，也可能是HE格式，因为EHT站点既支持802.11ax标准，也支持802.11be标准)。上述第三类站点信息字段可以指发送给EHT+站点的站点信息字段(该站点信息字段既可能是EHT+格式，也可能是EHT格式，还可能是HE格式，因为EHT站点既支持802.11ax标准，也支持802.11be标准，还支持802.11be的下一代标准)。
其中，上述NDPA帧的帧结构可以参考前述图10所示。该NDPA帧中每个站点信息字段的长度为4字节。该第一指示信息为NDPA帧的探测对话令牌字段中取值为0的B0和取值为1的B1，用于指示NDPA帧包括两类站点信息字段。另一方面，该NDPA帧中探测对话令牌字段的Ranging比特(即探测对话令牌字段的第1个比特)置0，HE比特(即探测对 话令牌字段的第2个比特)置1，以使HE站点将该NDPA帧视为是HE NDPA帧，从而支持HE站点解析该NDPA帧。
可选的，上述第一类站点信息字段中的每个第一站点信息字段沿用802.11ax标准中结构，参考前述图7中站点信息字段的帧结构，在此不再赘述。
可选的，上述第二类站点信息字段的实现方式可以参考前述实施例一中关于第二类站点信息字段的描述，在此不再赘述。
可选的，上述第三类站点信息字段中的每个第三站点信息字段包含第三指示信息，用于指示这个第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式(即EHT+格式)。应理解，第三类站点信息字段包括一个或多个第三站点信息字段，一个第三站点信息字段中包括一个第三指示信息，这个第三指示信息只指示本第三站点信息字段的格式是哪种格式。
因为第一类站点信息字段中RU Start index和RU end index的取值范围都在0-73之间且RU Start index小于RU end index，所以可以利用RU Start index和RU end index的取值和大小特性来设计第三类站点信息字段。下面以第三类站点信息字段中的任一个第三站点信息字段为例，对第三类站点信息字段的实现方式进行详细说明。应理解，下述实现方式可应用于第三类站点信息字段的每个第三站点信息字段中。
一种实现方式中，在第三站点信息字段中，将RU end index的最高位的2比特(也就是该第三站点信息字段的B23和B24，应理解，这里的B23和B24就是上述第三指示信息)都置1，用于指示该第三站点信息字段的格式是EHT+格式。换句话说，EHT+站点应该按照EHT+格式解析该第三站点信息字段。可选的，当该第三站点信息字段的B23和B24不全为1时(即B23和B24的取值为“01”或“10”或“00”)，指示该第三站点信息字段的格式不是EHT+格式。
其中，如果第三站点信息字段中的B23和B24指示该第三站点信息字段的格式是EHT+格式，则该第三站点信息字段的结构可参考前述图16a所示的结构。图16a中的版本信息子字段(上述第三指示信息携带于该字段)，用来指示这个第三站点信息字段的格式是否是EHT+格式。本申请实施例中，这2比特的版本信息子字段的取值为11。
另一种实现方式中，在第三站点信息字段中，将RU Start index的最高比特位(也就是该第三站点信息字段的B17)置1且RU end index的最高比特位(也就是该第三站点信息字段的B24)置0(此时，如果按照HE格式解析该第三站点信息字段，则RU start index大于或等于RU end index，不再符合HE站点的指示规则)，用于指示该第三站点信息字段的格式是EHT+格式。换句话说，EHT+站点应该按照EHT+格式解析该第三站点信息字段。可选的，当该第三站点信息字段的B17的取值不为1，或B24的取值不为0时(即B17和B24的取值为“01”或“11”或“00”)，指示该第三站点信息字段的格式不是EHT+格式。应理解，此种实现方式中，这里的B17和B24就是上述第三指示信息。
其中，如果第三站点信息字段中的B17和B24指示该第三站点信息字段的格式是EHT+格式，则该第三站点信息字段的结构可参考前述图16b所示的结构。图16b中的版本信息1子字段(或第一版本信息子字段)和版本信息2字段(或第二版本信息子字段)，用于联合指示这个第三站点信息字的格式是EHT+格式。本申请实施例中，版本信息1子字段(或第一版本信息子字段，即B17)的取值为1，版本信息2字段(或第二版本信息子字段，即B24)的取值为0。
应理解，当第二指示信息是站点信息字段中的B23和B24时，第三指示信息就是站点信息字段中的B17和B24；当第二指示信息是站点信息字段中的B17和B24时，第三指示信息 就是站点信息字段中的B23和B24。也就是说，EHT站点信息字段如果采用图16a所示的结构，EHT+站点信息字段(本申请实施例中EHT+站点信息字段指EHT+格式的站点信息字段)则采用图16b所示的结构；EHT站点信息字段如果采用图16b所示的结构，EHT+站点信息字段则采用图16a所示的结构。
可选的，当上述第三指示信息指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式不是第三格式(即EHT+格式)时，这个第三站点信息字段还包含第四指示信息，该第四指示信息用于指示这个第三站点信息字段的格式是第一格式(即HE格式)还是第二格式(EHT格式)。
其中，上述第四指示信息的实现方式也有两种，其与上述第二指示信息的实现方式相同。一种实现方式，上述第四指示信息是这个第三站点信息字段中的B23和B24，当该B23和该B24的取值均为1时，指示这个第三站点信息字段的格式为第二格式(即EHT格式)。当该B23和该B24的取值不全为1时(即B23和B24的取值为“01”或“10”或“00”)，指示这个第三站点信息字段的格式为第一格式(即HE格式)。另一种实现方式，上述第四指示信息是这个第三站点信息字段中的B17和B24，当该B17的取值为1且该B24的取值均为0时，指示这个第三站点信息字段的格式为第二格式(即EHT格式)。当该B17的取值不为1，或该B24的取值不为0时(即B17和B24的取值为“01”或“11”或“00”)，指示这个第三站点信息字段的格式为第一格式(即HE格式)。
应理解，当第三指示信息是站点信息字段中的B23和B24时，第四指示信息就是站点信息字段中的B17和B24；当第三指示信息是站点信息字段中的B17和B24时，第四指示信息就是站点信息字段中的B23和B24。
S203，第一站点确定该NDPA帧中某个第一站点信息字段的关联标识与第一站点的关联标识相同，并按照HE格式解析该某个第一站点信息字段。
S204，第二站点根据该第一指示信息，确定该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段。
S205，若第二站点确定出该NDPA帧中某个第二站点信息字段中的关联标识与第二站点的关联标识相同，则第二站点根据该某个第二站点信息字段中的第二指示信息，确定出该某个第二站点信息字段的格式，并按照确定出的格式解析该某个第二站点信息字段。
具体地，本申请实施例中步骤S203至步骤S205的实现方式可参考前述实施例一中步骤S103至步骤S105的实现方式，在此不再赘述。
S206，第三站点根据该第一指示信息，确定该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段。
S207，若第三站点确定出该NDPA帧中某个第三站点信息字段中的关联标识与第三站点的关联标识相同，则第三站点根据该某个第三站点信息字段中的第三指示信息，确定该某个第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式。
S208，若确定出该某个第三站点信息字段的格式为该第三格式，则第三站点按照该第三格式解析该某个第三站点信息字段。
具体地，第三站点(EHT+站点)接收到上述NDPA帧之后，解析到该NDPA帧中的第一指示信息，确定该NDPA包含至少三类站点信息字段。第三站点再在该NDPA帧包括的站点信息字段中查找关联标识与自己的关联标识相同的站点信息字段。假设第三站点查找到某个第三站点信息字段的关联标识与自己的关联标识相同，第三站点根据该某个第三站点信息字段中的第三指示信息，判断该某个第三站点信息字段的格式是否是第三格式(即EHT+格式)。如果判断出该某个第三站点信息字段的格式是第三格式(即EHT+格式)，则第三站点 按照该第三格式(即EHT+格式)解析自己的站点信息字段(即解析该某个第三站点信息字段)。
可选的，如果判断出该某个第三站点信息字段的格式不是第三格式(即EHT+格式)，则第三站点根据该某个第三站点信息字段中包括的第四指示信息，判断该某个第三站点信息字段的格式，并按照判断出的格式解析自己的站点信息字段(即解析该某个第三站点信息字段)。该第四指示信息用于指示某个第三站点信息字段的格式是第一格式(即HE格式)还是第二格式(即EHT格式)。
其中，第三站点判断该某个第三站点信息字段的格式的实现方式包括两种。
第一种实现方式中，第三站点之间读取该某个第三站点信息字段的第三指示信息(即B23和B24，或者B17和B24)，判断该第三指示信息(即B23和B24，或者B17和B24)的取值。当B23和B24的取值为11，或者B17的取值为1且B24的取值为0时，确定该某个第三站点信息字段的格式为EHT+格式(即第三格式)。
可选的，当B23和B24的取值为“10”或“01”或“00”时，确定该某个第三站点信息字段的格式不是EHT+格式(即第三格式)。第三站点再读取该某个第三站点信息字段的第四指示信息(即B17和B24)，判断该第四指示信息的取值。当B17的取值为1且B24的取值为0时，确定该某个第三站点信息字段的格式EHT格式(即第二格式)。当B17和B24的取值为“00”或“01”或“11”时，确定该某个第三站点信息字段的格式为HE格式(即第一格式)。
或者，当B17和B24的取值为“00”或“01”或“11”时，确定该某个第三站点信息字段的格式不是EHT+格式(即第三格式)。第三站点再读取该某个第三站点信息字段的第四指示信息(即B23和B24)，判断该第四指示信息的取值。当B23和B24的取值为11时，确定该某个第三站点信息字段的格式为EHT格式(即第二格式)。当B23和B24的取值为“10”或“01”或“00”时，确定该某个第三站点信息字段的格式为HE格式(即第一格式)。
第二种实现方式，第三站点将该某个第三站点信息字段中的B11至B24(共14比特)视为7比特的RU开始索引(RU start index)和7比特的RU结束索引(RU end index)，从而得到RU开始索引值和RU结束索引值。如果得到的该RU开始索引值大于或等于该RU结束索引值，或该RU开始索引值大于73，或者该RU结束索引值大于73，第三站点(EHT+站点)确定该某个第三站点信息字段的格式不是HE格式(即第一格式)。第三站点(EHT+站点)还需要根据该某个第三站点信息字段中的B23和B24的取值，或者B17和B24的取值，来进一步判断该某个第三站点信息字段的格式是EHT格式(即第二格式)还是EHT+格式(即第三格式)。一个示例中，该某个第三站点信息字段中的B23和B24的取值为11时，判断该某个第三站点信息字段的格式是EHT+格式，否则为EHT格式。另一个示例中，该某个第三站点信息字段中的B17的取值为1且B24的取值为0时，判断该某个第三站点信息字段的格式是EHT+格式，否则为EHT格式。
可选的，如果得到的该RU开始索引值小于该RU结束索引值，且该RU开始索引值和该RU结束索引值均小于或等于73，说明按照HE格式解析该站点信息字段是正确的，则第三站点(EHT+站点)确定该某个第三站点信息字段的格式是第一格式(即HE格式)，并继续按照HE格式解析后续子字段。
可选的，图18中的信道探测方法还包括以下一个或多个步骤：
S209，接入点发送空数据分组NDP。相应地，第一站点、第二站点以及第三站点接收该 NDP。
S210，第一站点根据接收到的该NDP获取信道状态信息。
S211，第二站点根据接收到的该NDP获取信道状态信息。
具体地，本申请实施例中步骤S209至步骤S211的实现方式可参考前述实施例一中步骤S106至步骤S108的实现方式，在此不再赘述。
S212，第三站点根据接收到的该NDP获取信道状态信息。
具体地，第三站点根据自己接收到的NDP进行信道估计(或信道测量)，得到信道状态信息，并可以根据上述某个第三站点信息字段的指示生成相应的波束成形报告，该波束成形报告中包括该第三站点得到的信道状态信息。应理解，如果该某个第三站点信息字段是EHT+格式，则第三站点生成EHT+标准中规定的波束成形报告。
S213，接入点发送波束成形报告轮询BFRP触发帧，该BFRP触发帧用于触发第一站点、第二站点以及第三站点反馈波束成形报告。相应地，第一站点、第二站点以及第三站点接收该BFRP触发帧。
S214，第一站点接收到该BFRP触发帧后，发送波束成形报告，该波束成形报告基于该某个第一站点信息字段的指示生成，该波束成形报告中携带信道状态信息。
S215，第二站点接收到该BFRP触发帧后，发送波束成形报告，该波束成形报告基于该某个第二站点信息字段的指示生成，该波束成形报告中携带信道状态信息。
具体地，本申请实施例中步骤S213至步骤S215的实现方式可参考前述实施例一中步骤S109至步骤S111的实现方式，在此不再赘述。
S216，第三站点接收到该BFRP触发帧后，发送波束成形报告，该波束成形报告基于该某个第三站点信息字段的指示生成，该波束成形报告中携带信道状态信息。
具体地，上述步骤S214、步骤S215、以及步骤S216可以同时或并行执行，也可以轮流执行。换句话说，第一站点、第二站点以及第三站点接收到该BFRP触发帧后，可以同时/并行地向接入点发送(或反馈)波束成形报告，或者轮流向接入点发送(或反馈)波束成形报告，各自的波束成形报告中包括各自的信道状态信息。可选的，该波束成形报告中还可以包括信道质量信息。
为更好地理解本申请实施例提供的信道探测方法的流程，下面介绍一个具体的示例。一个示例中，参见图19，图19是本申请实施例提供的信道探测方法的另一时序示意图。如图19所示，AP发送聚合的NDPA帧，并在间隔一个SIFS后发送HE格式的NDP，再在间隔一个SIFS后发送BRP触发帧。HE STA、EHT STA、以及EHT+STA分别在间隔一个SIFS后反馈波束成形报告。
可见，本申请实施例一方面，通过对站点信息字段中的B17、B23、以及B24的设计，来区分这个站点信息字段的格式是哪种格式；又通过将NDPA帧中探测对话令牌字段的Ranging比特置0且HE比特置1，以使该NDPA帧可以通知HE站点进行信道测量，可以实现HE站点、EHT站点以及EHT+站点的同时信道探测，以支持聚合包传输时的波束成形。另一方面，本申请实施例通过统一发送HE格式的NDP，可以解决不同种类的NDP无法在时间上对齐的问题，从而避免信道测量时的干扰。
上述内容详细阐述了本申请提供的方法，为了便于更好地实施本申请实施例的上述方案，本申请实施例还提供了相应的装置或设备。
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对接入点和站点进行功能模块的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面将结合图20和图21详细描述本申请实施例的通信装置。其中，该通信装置是接入点或站点，进一步的，该通信装置可以为接入点中的装置；或者，该通信装置为STA中的装置。
在采用集成的单元的情况下，参见图20，图20是本申请实施例提供的通信装置1的结构示意图。该通信装置1可以为接入点或接入点中的芯片，比如Wi-Fi芯片等。如图20所示，该通信装置1包括：处理单元11和收发单元12。
一种设计中，该处理单元11，用于生成NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式；该收发单元12，用于发送该NDPA帧。
可选的，上述收发单元12，还用于发送NDP；上述收发单元12，还用于发送触发帧，该触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告。
应理解，该种设计中的通信装置1可对应执行前述方法实施例一，并且该通信装置1中的各个单元的上述操作或功能分别为了实现前述方法实施例一中接入点的相应操作，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
另一种设计中，该处理单元11，用于生成NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为高效(high efficient，HE)格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式，第三类站点信息字段中的每个第三站点信息字段包含第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式；该收发单元12，用于发送该NDPA帧。
可选的，上述收发单元12，还用于发送NDP；上述收发单元12，还用于发送触发帧，该触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告。
应理解，该种设计中的通信装置1可对应执行前述方法实施例二，并且该通信装置1中的各个单元的上述操作或功能分别为了实现前述方法实施例二中接入点的相应操作，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
参见图21，图21是本申请实施例提供的通信装置2的结构示意图。该通信装置2可以为站点或站点中的芯片，比如Wi-Fi芯片等。如图21所示，该通信装置2包括：收发单元21和处理单元22。
一种设计中，该通信装置2为第二站点或其中的芯片。该收发单元21，用于接收NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式；该处理单元22，用于根据该第一指示信息，确定该 NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段；该处理单元22，还用于当确定出该NDPA帧中某个第二站点信息字段中的关联标识与该第二站点的关联标识相同时，根据该某个第二站点信息字段中的第二指示信息，确定出该某个第二站点信息字段的格式，并按照确定出的格式解析该某个第二站点信息字段。
可选的，上述收发单元21，还用于接收NDP；上述处理单元22，还用于根据该NDP获取信道状态信息；上述收发单元21，还用于接收触发帧，该触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告；上述收发单元21，还用于发送波束成形报告，该波束成形报告基于该NDPA帧中该某个第二站点信息字段的指示生成，该波束成形报告中携带该信道状态信息。
应理解，该种设计中的通信装置2可对应执行前述方法实施例一和二，并且该通信装置2中的各个单元的上述操作或功能分别为了实现前述方法实施例一和二中第二站点的相应操作，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
另一种设计中，该通信装置2为第三站点或其中的芯片。该收发单元21，用于接收NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式，第三类站点信息字段中的每个第三站点信息字段包含第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式；该处理单元22，用于根据该第一指示信息，确定该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段；该处理单元22，还用于若确定出该NDPA帧中某个第三站点信息字段与该第三站点的关联标识相同，则根据该某个第三站点信息字段中的第三指示信息，确定该某个第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式；该处理单元22，还用于若确定出该某个第三站点信息字段的格式为该第三格式，则按照该第三格式解析该某个第三站点信息字段。
可选的，上述收发单元21，还用于接收NDP；上述处理单元22，还用于根据该NDP获取信道状态信息；上述收发单元21，还用于接收触发帧，该触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告；上述收发单元21，还用于发送波束成形报告，该波束成形报告基于该NDPA帧中该某个第三站点信息字段的指示生成，该波束成形报告中携带该信道状态信息。
应理解，该种设计中的通信装置2可对应执行前述方法实施例二，并且该通信装置2中的各个单元的上述操作或功能分别为了实现前述方法实施例二中第三站点的相应操作，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
以上介绍了本申请实施例的接入点和站点，以下介绍所述接入点和站点可能的产品形态。应理解，但凡具备上述图20所述的接入点的功能的任何形态的产品，但凡具备上述图21所述的站点的功能的任何形态的产品，都落入本申请实施例的保护范围。还应理解，以下介绍仅为举例，不限制本申请实施例的接入点和站点的产品形态仅限于此。
作为一种可能的产品形态，本申请实施例所述的接入点和站点，可以由一般性的总线体系结构来实现。
接入点，包括处理器和与所述处理器内部连接通信的收发器。
一种设计中，处理器，用于生成NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式；收发器， 用于发送该NDPA帧。
另一种设计中，处理器，用于生成NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式，第三类站点信息字段中的每个第三站点信息字段包含第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式；收发器，用于发送该NDPA帧。
站点，包括处理器和与所述处理器内部连接通信的收发器。
一种设计中，收发器，用于接收NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式；处理器，用于根据该第一指示信息，确定该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段；该处理器，还用于若确定出该NDPA帧中某个第二站点信息字段中的关联标识与该第二站点的关联标识相同，则根据该某个第二站点信息字段中的第二指示信息，确定出该某个第二站点信息字段的格式，并按照确定出的格式解析该某个第二站点信息字段。
另一种设计中，收发器，用于接收NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式，第三类站点信息字段中的每个第三站点信息字段包含第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式；处理器，用于根据该第一指示信息，确定该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段；该处理器，还用于若确定出该NDPA帧中某个第三站点信息字段与该第三站点的关联标识相同，则根据该某个第三站点信息字段中的第三指示信息，确定该某个第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式；该处理器，还用于若确定出该某个第三站点信息字段的格式为该第三格式，则按照该第三格式解析该某个第三站点信息字段。
作为一种可能的产品形态，本申请实施例所述的接入点和站点，可以由通用处理器来实现。
实现接入点的通用处理器包括处理电路和与所述处理电路内部连接通信的输入输出接口。
一种设计中，处理电路，用于生成NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式；输入输出接口，用于发送该NDPA帧。
另一种设计中，处理电路，用于生成NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格 式，第三类站点信息字段中的每个第三站点信息字段包含第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式；输入输出接口，用于发送该NDPA帧。
实现站点的通用处理器包括处理电路和与所述处理电路内部连接通信的输入输出接口。
一种设计中，输入输出接口，用于接收NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式；处理电路，用于根据该第一指示信息，确定该NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段；该处理电路，还用于若确定出该NDPA帧中某个第二站点信息字段中的关联标识与该第二站点的关联标识相同，则根据该某个第二站点信息字段中的第二指示信息，确定出该某个第二站点信息字段的格式，并按照确定出的格式解析该某个第二站点信息字段。
另一种设计中，输入输出接口，用于接收NDPA帧，该NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式，第三类站点信息字段中的每个第三站点信息字段包含第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第三指示信息所在的第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式；处理电路，用于根据该第一指示信息，确定该NDPA帧包含至少三类站点信息字段；该处理电路，还用于若确定出该NDPA帧中某个第三站点信息字段与该第三站点的关联标识相同，则根据该某个第三站点信息字段中的第三指示信息，确定该某个第三站点信息字段的格式是否为第三格式；该处理电路，还用于若确定出该某个第三站点信息字段的格式为该第三格式，则按照该第三格式解析该某个第三站点信息字段。
应理解，上述各种产品形态的通信装置，具有上述方法实施例中接入点或站点的任意功能，此处不再赘述。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序代码，当上述处理器执行该计算机程序代码时，电子设备执行前述任一实施例中的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行前述任一实施例中的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置，该装置可以以芯片的产品形态存在，该装置的结构中包括处理器和接口电路，该处理器用于通过接收电路与其它装置通信，使得该装置执行前述任一实施例中的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种无线通信系统，包括接入点和第二站点，可选的包括第三站点，该接入点和第二站点可以执行前述实施例一中的方法，该接入点、第二站点以及第三站点可以执行前述实施例二中的方法。
结合本申请公开内容所描述的方法或者算法的步骤可以硬件的方式来实现，也可以是由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成，软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、闪存、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable ROM，EPROM)、电可擦可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM，EEPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、只读光盘(CD-ROM)或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器，从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读 取信息，且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然，存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外，该ASIC可以位于核心网接口设备中。当然，处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于核心网接口设备中。
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到，在上述一个或多个示例中，本申请所描述的功能可以用硬件、软件、固件或它们的任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以将这些功能存储在计算机可读介质中或者作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机可读存储介质和通信介质，其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是通用或专用计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。
以上所述的具体实施方式，对本申请的目的、技术方案和有益效果进行了进一步详细说明，所应理解的是，以上所述仅为本申请的具体实施方式而已，并不用于限定本申请的保护范围，凡在本申请的技术方案的基础之上，所做的任何修改、等同替换、改进等，均应包括在本申请的保护范围之内。

Claims (30)

  1. 一种信道探测方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接入点生成空数据分组声明(null data packet announcement，NDPA)帧，所述NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为高效(high efficient，HE)格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式；
    所述接入点发送所述NDPA帧。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述接入点发送空数据分组(null data packet，NDP)；
    所述接入点发送触发帧，所述触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告。
  3. 一种信道探测方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第二站点接收空数据分组声明(null data packet announcement，NDPA)帧，所述NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为高效(high efficient，HE)格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式；
    所述第二站点根据所述第一指示信息，确定所述NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段；
    若所述第二站点确定出所述NDPA帧中某个第二站点信息字段中的关联标识与所述第二站点的关联标识相同，则所述第二站点根据所述某个第二站点信息字段中的第二指示信息，确定出所述某个第二站点信息字段的格式，并按照确定出的格式解析所述某个第二站点信息字段。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二站点接收NDP，并根据所述NDP获取信道状态信息；
    所述第二站点接收触发帧，所述触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告；
    所述第二站点发送波束成形报告，所述波束成形报告基于所述NDPA帧中所述某个第二站点信息字段的指示生成，所述波束成形报告中携带所述信道状态信息。
  5. 根据权利要求2或4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述NDP的带宽小于或等于160MHz，所述NDP为HE NDP。
  6. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述NDP的带宽为320MHz；
    所述接入点发送NDP，包括：
    所述接入点在主160MHz信道上发送160MHz带宽的HE NDP，同时在从160MHz信道上发送所述160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
  7. 根据权利要求2或4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述NDP的带宽为320MHz；
    所述320 MHz NDP包括两部分，其中，第一部分为160MHz带宽的HE NDP，第二部分为所述160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一格式为HE格式，所述第二格式为极高吞吐率(extremely high throughput，EHT)格式；
    或者，所述第一格式为HE格式，所述第二格式为EHT下一代协议格式；
    或者，所述第一格式为EHT格式，所述第二格式为EHT下一代协议格式。
  9. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息为探测对话令牌字段中取值为0的B0和取值为1的B1。
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息为2比特，分别位于所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B23和B24；
    当所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B23和B24的取值均为1时，指示所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式为第二格式；
    当所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B23和B24的取值不全为1时，指示所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式为第一格式。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段还包括以下至少一个：资源单元(resource unit，RU)分配子字段、码本尺寸子字段、预留字段、列数子字段；
    所述RU分配子字段为7比特、或8比特、或9比特，所述RU分配子字段的起始比特为所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B11，所述RU分配子字段用于指示反馈信道测量结果的RU；
    所述码本尺寸子字段为1比特，位于所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B22，所述码本尺寸子字段用于指示量化的精准度；
    所述列数子字段为4比特，位于所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B28至B31，所述列数子字段用于指示反馈波束成形矩阵的列数。
  12. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息为2比特，分别位于所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B17和B24；
    当所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B17的取值为1，且B24的取值为0时，指示所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式为第二格式；
    当所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B17的取值不为1，或B24的取值不为0时，指示所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式为第一格式。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段还包括以下至少一个：第一RU分配子字段、第二RU分配子字段、预留字段、码本尺寸子字段、列数子字段；
    所述第一RU分配子字段为6比特，位于所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的 B11至B16，所述第二RU分配子字段为1比特、或2比特、或3比特，所述第二RU分配子字段的起始比特为所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B18，所述第一RU分配子字段和所述第二RU分配子字段联合指示反馈信道探测结果的RU；
    所述码本尺寸子字段为1比特，位于所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B23，用于指示量化的精准度；
    所述列数子字段为4比特，位于所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B28至B31，用于指示反馈波束成形矩阵的列数。
  14. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于生成NDPA帧，所述NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式；
    收发单元，用于发送所述NDPA帧。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元，还用于：
    发送空数据分组(null data packet，NDP)；
    所述接入点发送触发帧，所述触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告。
  16. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    收发单元，用于接收NDPA帧，所述NDPA帧包括第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段，其中，第一类站点信息字段的格式为HE格式，第二类站点信息字段中的每个第二站点信息字段包含第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示该第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式是第一格式还是第二格式；
    处理单元，用于根据所述第一指示信息，确定所述NDPA帧包含两类站点信息字段；
    所述处理单元，还用于当确定出所述NDPA帧中某个第二站点信息字段中的关联标识与所述第二站点的关联标识相同时，根据所述某个第二站点信息字段中的第二指示信息，确定出所述某个第二站点信息字段的格式，并按照确定出的格式解析所述某个第二站点信息字段。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元，还用于接收NDP；
    所述处理单元，还用于根据所述NDP获取信道状态信息；
    所述收发单元，还用于接收触发帧，所述触发帧用于触发站点反馈波束成形报告；
    所述收发单元，还用于发送波束成形报告，所述波束成形报告基于所述NDPA帧中所述某个第二站点信息字段的指示生成，所述波束成形报告中携带所述信道状态信息。
  18. 根据权利要求15或17所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述NDP的带宽小于或等于160MHz，所述NDP为HE NDP。
  19. 根据权利要求15所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述NDP的带宽为320MHz；
    所述收发单元，具体用于在主160MHz信道上发送160MHz带宽的HE NDP，同时在从160MHz信道上发送所述160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
  20. 根据权利要求15或17所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述NDP的带宽为320MHz；
    所述320 MHz NDP包括两部分，其中，第一部分为160MHz带宽的HE NDP，第二部分为所述160MHz带宽的HE NDP经过相位旋转后得到的NDP。
  21. 根据权利要求14-20任一项所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述第一格式为HE格式，所述第二格式为EHT格式；
    或者，所述第一格式为HE格式，所述第二格式为EHT下一代协议格式；
    或者，所述第一格式为EHT格式，所述第二格式为EHT下一代协议格式。
  22. 根据权利要求14-21任一项所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息为探测对话令牌字段中取值为0的B0和取值为1的B1。
  23. 根据权利要求14-22任一项所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息为2比特，分别位于所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B23和B24；
    当所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B23和B24的取值均为1时，指示所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式为第二格式；
    当所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B23和B24的取值不全为1时，指示所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式为第一格式。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段还包括以下至少一个：RU分配子字段、码本尺寸子字段、预留字段、列数子字段；
    所述RU分配子字段为7比特、或8比特、或9比特，所述RU分配子字段的起始比特为所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B11，所述RU分配子字段用于指示反馈信道测量结果的RU；
    所述码本尺寸子字段为1比特，位于所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B22，所述码本尺寸子字段用于指示量化的精准度；
    所述列数子字段为4比特，位于所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B28至B31，所述列数子字段用于指示反馈波束成形矩阵的列数。
  25. 根据权利要求14-22任一项所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息为2比特，分别位于所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B17和B24；
    当所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B17的取值为1，且B24的取值为0时，指示所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式为第二格式；
    当所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B17的取值不为1，或B24的取值不为0时，指示所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的格式为第一格式。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段还包括以下至少一个：第一RU分配子字段、第二RU分配子字段、预留字段、码本尺寸子字段、列数子字段；
    所述第一RU分配子字段为6比特，位于所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的 B11至B16，所述第二RU分配子字段为1比特、或2比特、或3比特，所述第二RU分配子字段的起始比特为所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B18，所述第一RU分配子字段和所述第二RU分配子字段联合指示反馈信道探测结果的RU；
    所述码本尺寸子字段为1比特，位于所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B23，用于指示量化的精准度；
    所述列数子字段为4比特，位于所述第二指示信息所在的第二站点信息字段的B28至B31，用于指示反馈波束成形矩阵的列数。
  27. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置包括处理器和收发器，所述收发器用于收发NDPA帧、NDP以及触发帧，所述处理器用于执行如权利要求1-13任一项所述的方法。
  28. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有程序指令，当所述程序指令在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-13任一项所述的方法。
  29. 一种包含程序指令的计算机程序产品，其特征在于，当所述程序指令在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-13任一项所述的方法。
  30. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置包括输入输出接口和处理电路，所述输入输出接口用于收发NDPA帧、NDP以及触发帧，所述处理电路用于执行如权利要求1-13任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2021/135839 2020-12-11 2021-12-06 信道探测方法及相关装置 WO2022121861A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP21902566.5A EP4250805A4 (en) 2020-12-11 2021-12-06 CHANNEL MEASUREMENT METHODS AND ASSOCIATED DEVICE

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202011447158.5 2020-12-11
CN202011447158.5A CN114630357B (zh) 2020-12-11 信道探测方法及相关装置

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022121861A1 true WO2022121861A1 (zh) 2022-06-16

Family

ID=81895963

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/135839 WO2022121861A1 (zh) 2020-12-11 2021-12-06 信道探测方法及相关装置

Country Status (2)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4250805A4 (zh)
WO (1) WO2022121861A1 (zh)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111162825A (zh) * 2018-11-07 2020-05-15 华为技术有限公司 信道状态信息的反馈方法及装置
US20200358486A1 (en) * 2019-05-07 2020-11-12 Jung Hoon SUH Systems and methods for extremely high throughput sounding process indication

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10365362B2 (en) * 2017-09-11 2019-07-30 Intel IP Corporation Location measurement reporting

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111162825A (zh) * 2018-11-07 2020-05-15 华为技术有限公司 信道状态信息的反馈方法及装置
US20200358486A1 (en) * 2019-05-07 2020-11-12 Jung Hoon SUH Systems and methods for extremely high throughput sounding process indication

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ROSS JIAN YU (HUAWEI): "EHT NDPA Frame Design Discussion", IEEE DRAFT; 11-20-1015-05-00BE-EHT-NDPA-FRAME-DESIGN-DISCUSSION, vol. 802.11 EHT; 802.11be, no. 5, 10 November 2020 (2020-11-10), Piscataway, NJ USA , pages 1 - 23, XP068175061 *
See also references of EP4250805A4

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4250805A4 (en) 2024-05-29
CN114630357A (zh) 2022-06-14
EP4250805A1 (en) 2023-09-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6599333B2 (ja) マルチユーザ多入力多出力（ｍｕ−ｍｉｍｏ）フィードバックプロトコル
WO2010143894A2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting frame in wireless local area network (wlan) system
JP2015062307A (ja) 無線ｌａｎシステムにおけるデータフレーム送信方法及び装置
CN105813181B (zh) 物理层功率节省设施
US11558819B2 (en) Power save for multi-user (MU) operation
CN113747576A (zh) 发送/接收空数据分组声明帧的方法及装置
WO2021233233A1 (zh) 空数据分组声明帧的传输方法及相关装置
CN113747485A (zh) 多ap协作传输的信道探测方法及相关装置
US20240098744A1 (en) Wireless communication method and wireless communication terminal
WO2017036257A1 (zh) 一种无线局域网中触发帧传输的方法和装置
WO2022045963A1 (en) Communication apparatus and communication method for multiple access point based null data packet feedback report
WO2022121861A1 (zh) 信道探测方法及相关装置
CN114630357B (zh) 信道探测方法及相关装置
WO2022127377A1 (zh) 空间复用参数指示和空间复用参数字段的确定方法及装置
CN115606101B (zh) 通信方法和通信设备
WO2022089553A1 (zh) Ppdu的上行带宽指示方法及相关装置
TWI817661B (zh) 實體層協定資料單元傳輸方法及相關裝置
WO2023142975A1 (zh) 一种信道探测方法及装置
WO2023029907A1 (zh) Ndpa帧的传输方法及相关装置
WO2023185376A1 (zh) 空数据物理层协议数据单元发送方法及装置
WO2023160331A1 (zh) 一种天线模式切换方法及相关装置
TWI826014B (zh) 一種通信方法、通信裝置、通信系統、電腦可讀存儲介質、電腦程式產品及晶片
US20240214138A1 (en) Communication apparatus and communication method for aggregated signal
WO2023093747A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2023177349A1 (en) Communication apparatus and communication method for aggregated signal sounding procedure

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21902566

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021902566

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230619

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE